blob: 2cb37b6a2b08c101e0abef5a6cbe0ce087494ed3 [file] [log] [blame]
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002
3******************
4Variables Glossary
5******************
6
7This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build
8system and gives an overview of their function and contents.
9
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060010:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>`
11:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>`
12:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>`
13:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>`
14:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P`
15:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T`
16:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>`
17:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050018
19.. glossary::
20
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060021 :term:`ABIEXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050022 Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU
23 canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi").
24
25 ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the
26 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the
27 following extension:
28 ::
29
30 ABIEXTENSION = "eabi"
31
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060032 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050033 Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty.
34 By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default
35 behavior can cause issues when there is an
36 :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime
37 requirement on the existence of the package.
38
39 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
40 conjunction with a package name override, as in:
41 ::
42
43 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1"
44 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1"
45 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1"
46
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060047 :term:`ALTERNATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050048 Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming
49 scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages.
50 When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the
51 alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the
52 commands can co-exist.
53
54 To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist
55 as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package
56 has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you
57 identify them as follows:
58 ::
59
60 ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket"
61
62 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
63 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
64 section.
65
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060066 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050067 Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual
68 locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the
69 ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must
70 use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual
71 location:
72 ::
73
74 ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/["
75
76 In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``)
77 from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``.
78
79 .. note::
80
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -050081 If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050082
83 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
84 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
85 section.
86
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060087 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050088 Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for
89 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
90 default regardless of the command name or package, a default for
91 specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default
92 for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the
93 available syntax forms:
94 ::
95
96 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority"
97 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority"
98 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority"
99
100 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
101 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
102 section.
103
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600104 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500105 Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for
106 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
107 default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the
108 command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands
109 regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to
110 particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:
111 ::
112
113 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target"
114 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target"
115 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target"
116
117 .. note::
118
119 If ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` is not defined, it inherits the value
120 from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable.
121
122 If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` and ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` are the
123 same, the target for ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` has "``.{BPN}``"
124 appended to it.
125
126 Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the
127 alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename
128 alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
129 task while retaining support for the command if necessary.
130
131 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
132 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
133 section.
134
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -0600135 :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`
136 When inheriting the
137 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
138 class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where
139 at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order
140 for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words,
141 if none of the features listed in ``ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES``
142 appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
143 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
144 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
145
146
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600147 :term:`APPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500148 An override list of append strings for each target specified with
149 :term:`LABELS`.
150
151 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
152 information on how this variable is used.
153
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600154 :term:`AR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500155 The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``.
156
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600157 :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500158 When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class,
159 determines the type of information used to create a released archive.
160 You can use this variable to create archives of patched source,
161 original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the
162 following variable flags (varflags):
163 ::
164
165 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files.
166 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default.
167 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files.
168 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch.
169 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff.
170 ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data.
171 ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files.
172 ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files.
173
174 For information on how the variable works, see the
175 ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`.
176
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600177 :term:`AS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500178 Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler.
179
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600180 :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500181 Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not
182 attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already
183 been built.
184
185 In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native
186 tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which
187 when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used
188 rather than building ``git-native``.
189
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600190 :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500191 Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which
192 adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the
193 system. Separate multiple entries using spaces.
194
195 As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of
196 shlibname in packagename with the optional version:
197 ::
198
199 shlibname:packagename[_version]
200
201 Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1``
202 as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package:
203 ::
204
205 ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation"
206
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600207 :term:`AUTHOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500208 The email address used to contact the original author or authors in
209 order to send patches and forward bugs.
210
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600211 :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500212 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
213 which is the default behavior, ``AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`` specifies which
214 packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to
215 Debian library package naming.
216
217 The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to
218 act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe.
219
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600220 :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500221 Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You
222 must set this variable in your recipe. The
223 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable.
224
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600225 :term:`AUTOREV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500226 When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to
227 use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example:
228 ::
229
230 SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
231
232 If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of
233 software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains
234 ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you
235 have a kernel recipe that inherits the
236 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous
237 statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get
238 into ``PV``. Consequently, you need to change ``PV`` in your recipe
239 so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``.
240
241 For more information see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600242 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500243 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
244
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600245 :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500246 List of licenses found in the directories specified by
247 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and
248 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`.
249
250 .. note::
251
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500252 It is assumed that all changes to ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` and
253 ``LICENSE_PATH`` have been done before ``AVAILABLE_LICENSES``
254 is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500255
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600256 :term:`AVAILTUNES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500257 The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI)
258 tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build
259 system.
260
261 The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes
262 may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with
263 each other in a
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600264 :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500265 configuration.
266
267 To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the
268 "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the
269 "=" operator. See the
270 ":ref:`Basic Syntax <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax>`" section in the BitBake
271 User Manual for more information.
272
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600273 :term:`B`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500274 The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in
275 which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a
276 recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the
277 :term:`S` directory, which is defined as:
278 ::
279
280 S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
281
282 You can separate the (``S``) directory and the directory pointed to
283 by the ``B`` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support
284 separating these directories. The build system defaults to using
285 separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes.
286
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600287 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500288 Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only
289 packages are packages installed only through the
290 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any
291 of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them
292 with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable:
293 ::
294
295 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
296
297 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
298 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
299 override:
300 ::
301
302 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name"
303
304 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
305 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
306 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
307 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
308 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
309
310 Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
311 packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
312
313 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
314 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related
315 information.
316
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600317 :term:`BASE_LIB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500318 The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary
319 Interface (ABI) tune. The ``BASE_LIB`` applies only in the Multilib
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600320 context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500321 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information
322 on Multilib.
323
324 The ``BASE_LIB`` variable is defined in the machine include files in
325 the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not
326 being used, the value defaults to "lib".
327
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600328 :term:`BASE_WORKDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500329 Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default
330 value is "${TMPDIR}/work".
331
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600332 :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500333 Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed
334 to use to obtain the required source code. Following are
335 considerations surrounding this variable:
336
337 - This host list is only used if ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` is either not set
338 or set to "0".
339
340 - Limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of
341 host names exists. For example, the following setting matches
342 ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``.
343 ::
344
345 BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org"
346
347 .. note::
348
349 The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of
350 a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the
351 host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
352 location of the name or combined with the front part of the
353 name.
354
355 For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar``
356 is not.
357
358 - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug.
359
360 - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure.
361
362 Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with
363 :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host
364 you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code being
365 fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a
366 host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI`
367 statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the
368 host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after a successful fetch from the
369 ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs.
370
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600371 :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500372 Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file
373 (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This
374 condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core``
375 bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the
376 other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe
377 yet).
378
379 The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction
380 given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your
381 changes are no longer being applied.
382
383 You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1",
384 "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the
385 :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example:
386 ::
387
388 BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1"
389
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600390 :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500391 Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows
392 you to control the build based on these parameters.
393
394 Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring,
395 add the ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file
396 found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the
397 following form:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500398
399 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500400
401 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]"
402
403 where:
404
405 action is:
406 ABORT: Immediately abort the build when
407 a threshold is broken.
408 STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently
409 executing tasks have finished when
410 a threshold is broken.
411 WARN: Issue a warning but continue the
412 build when a threshold is broken.
413 Subsequent warnings are issued as
414 defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
415 variable, which must be defined in
416 the conf/local.conf file.
417
418 dir is:
419 Any directory you choose. You can specify one or
420 more directories to monitor by separating the
421 groupings with a space. If two directories are
422 on the same device, only the first directory
423 is monitored.
424
425 threshold is:
426 Either the minimum available disk space,
427 the minimum number of free inodes, or
428 both. You must specify at least one. To
429 omit one or the other, simply omit the value.
430 Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes,
431 Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do
432 not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by
433 default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB.
434
435 Here are some examples:
436 ::
437
438 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
439 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G"
440 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K"
441
442 The first example works only if you also provide the
443 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
444 variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build
445 system to immediately abort when either the disk space in
446 ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops
447 below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the
448 variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space
449 in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number
450 of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued
451 during intervals as defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL``
452 variable.
453
454 The second example stops the build after all currently executing
455 tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}``
456 directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free
457 inodes in this case.
458
459 The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of
460 free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No
461 disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case.
462
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600463 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500464 Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these
465 intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in
466 the :term:`Build Directory`.
467
468 If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you
469 must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
470 variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build,
471 subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free
472 inodes further reduces by the respective interval.
473
474 If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you
475 do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk
476 monitoring interval defaults to the following:
477 ::
478
479 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
480
481 When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the
482 following form:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500483
484 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500485
486 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval"
487
488 where:
489
490 disk_space_interval is:
491 An interval of memory expressed in either
492 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
493 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
494
495 disk_inode_interval is:
496 An interval of free inodes expressed in either
497 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
498 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
499
500 Here is an example:
501 ::
502
503 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
504 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
505
506 These variables cause the
507 OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the
508 available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of
509 free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}``
510 directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time
511 a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1
512 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes).
513
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600514 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500515 Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git
516 repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the
517 :term:`DL_DIR` directory.
518
519 For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these
520 repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build
521 system.
522 ::
523
524 BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
525
526 Set this variable in your
527 ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
528
529 Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can
530 clean up your ``DL_DIR`` directory by deleting any Git or other
531 source control work directories.
532
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600533 :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500534 The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one
535 time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this
536 variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For
537 example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses
538 hyper-threading causes the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable to default
539 to "4".
540
541 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
542 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
543 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
544 CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable
545 is not set higher than "20".
546
547 For more information on speeding up builds, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600548 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500549 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
550
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600551 :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500552 Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake
553 server due to inactivity. Set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to determine how
554 long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations.
555
556 For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file
557 instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity:
558 ::
559
560 BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20"
561
562 If you want the server to never be unloaded,
563 set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to "-1".
564
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600565 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500566 Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the
567 software. Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like
568 ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build
569 system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to
570 run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target
571 :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK
572 machine instead of ``MACHINE``; and "mulitlibs" in the form
573 "``multilib:``\ multilib_name".
574
575 To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of
576 code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:
577 ::
578
579 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk"
580 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name"
581
582 .. note::
583
584 Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe
585 variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such
586 as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of
587 a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten
588 to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native".
589
590 Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once.
591 Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not
592 possible to include a different file depending on the variant,
593 since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is
594 parsed.
595
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600596 :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500597 Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find
598 the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append
599 its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file.
600
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600601 :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500602 Variable that expands to match files from
603 :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable
604 is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the
605 name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``).
606
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600607 :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500608 Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.
609
610 This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears
611 in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to
612 prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe
613 - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple
614 layers. The precedence established through this variable stands
615 regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For
616 example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but for
617 which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence still
618 has a lower precedence.
619
620 A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a
621 higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence
622 than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable
623 is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable
624 for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a
625 layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1
626 if no priorities are defined).
627
628 .. tip::
629
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500630 You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500631 to list all configured layers along with their priorities.
632
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600633 :term:`BBFILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500634 A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build
635 software.
636
637 When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's
638 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax.
639 For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the
640 previous link.
641
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600642 :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500643 Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify
644 the layers by the collections that the layers define.
645
646 Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files
647 whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to
648 modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to
649 introduce a hard dependency on those other layers.
650
651 Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``:
652 collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two
653 collection names and two filename patterns:
654 ::
655
656 BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \
657 clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \
658 core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \
659 "
660
661 This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid
662 entries are found, which cause parsing to abort:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500663
664 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500665
666 ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not:
667 /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend
668 /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend
669
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600670 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500671 Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure.
672
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600673 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500674 If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the
675 maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when
676 reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``,
677 the entire log is printed.
678
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600679 :term:`BBLAYERS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500680 Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined
681 in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
682 Here is an example:
683 ::
684
685 BBLAYERS = " \
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500686 /home/scottrif/poky/meta \
687 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500688 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
689 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \
690 "
691
692 This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom,
693 user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``.
694
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600695 :term:`BBMASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500696 Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files.
697
698 You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and
699 ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append
700 files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not
701 see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or
702 otherwise used by BitBake.
703
704 The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression
705 compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular
706 Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full
707 paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500708 documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500709
710 The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell
711 BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the
712 ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory:
713 ::
714
715 BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/"
716
717 If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can
718 specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example
719 masks out multiple directories and individual recipes: ::
720
721 BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/"
722 BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/"
723 BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap"
724 BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend"
725 BBMASK += "lzma"
726
727 .. note::
728
729 When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character
730 to ensure you match just that directory name.
731
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600732 :term:`BBMULTICONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500733 Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are
734 building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in
735 your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a
736 multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For
737 example, the following line specifies three configuration files:
738 ::
739
740 BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC"
741
742 Each configuration file you
743 use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory`
744 ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g.
745 build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``).
746
747 For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment
748 that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600749 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500750 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
751
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600752 :term:`BBPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500753 Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This
754 variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable.
755
756 .. note::
757
758 If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the
759 Build Directory
760 , you must be sure to set
761 BBPATH
762 to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any
763 environment variable and then run BitBake:
764 ::
765
766 $ BBPATH = "build_directory"
767 $ export BBPATH
768 $ bitbake target
769
770
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600771 :term:`BBSERVER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500772 If defined in the BitBake environment, ``BBSERVER`` points to the
773 BitBake remote server.
774
775 Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake
776 environment:
777 ::
778
779 export BBSERVER=localhost:$port
780
781 By default, ``BBSERVER`` also appears in
782 :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`.
783 Consequently, ``BBSERVER`` is excluded from checksum and dependency
784 data.
785
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600786 :term:`BINCONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500787 When inheriting the
788 :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class,
789 this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in
790 favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The
791 ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to
792 return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and
793 replaced.
794
795 To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example
796 from the ``libpng`` recipe:
797 ::
798
799 BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config"
800
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600801 :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500802 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
803 this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that
804 need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have
805 been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when
806 installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other
807 recipes.
808
809 .. note::
810
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500811 The ``BINCONFIG_GLOB`` variable uses
812 `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__,
813 which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500814 matching. Shell globbing is very similar to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500815 `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__
816 and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500817
818 For more information on how this variable works, see
819 ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
820 You can also find general
821 information on the class in the
822 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
823
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600824 :term:`BP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500825 The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name
826 suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is
827 comprised of the following:
828 ::
829
830 ${BPN}-${PV}
831
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600832 :term:`BPN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500833 This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with
834 common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``,
835 ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``.
836 The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the
837 :term:`MLPREFIX` and
838 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables,
839 respectively.
840
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600841 :term:`BUGTRACKER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500842 Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe.
843 The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the
844 variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being
845 built needs to be manually reported.
846
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600847 :term:`BUILD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500848 Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The
849 OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of ``BUILD_ARCH`` from the
850 machine name reported by the ``uname`` command.
851
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600852 :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500853 Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build
854 host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_AS_ARCH`` is empty.
855
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600856 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500857 Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build
858 host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is empty.
859
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600860 :term:`BUILD_CCLD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500861 Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C
862 compiler is being used as the linker. By default, ``BUILD_CCLD``
863 points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of
864 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
865 ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
866
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600867 :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500868 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
869 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
870 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
871 default.
872
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600873 :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500874 Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C
875 and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When
876 building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS`
877 is set to the value of this variable by default.
878
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600879 :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500880 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
881 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
882 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
883 by default.
884
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600885 :term:`BUILD_FC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500886 Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By
887 default, ``BUILD_FC`` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the
888 value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
889 ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
890
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600891 :term:`BUILD_LD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500892 Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default,
893 ``BUILD_LD`` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments
894 the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming
895 ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is set.
896
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600897 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500898 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By
899 default, the value of ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is empty.
900
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600901 :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500902 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build
903 host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
904 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
905 by default.
906
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600907 :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500908 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
909 building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through
910 the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and
911 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values.
912
913 The default value of the ``BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`` variable is "-O2
914 -pipe".
915
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600916 :term:`BUILD_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500917 Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g.
918 "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of
919 ``BUILD_OS`` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the
920 first word, converted to lower-case characters.
921
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600922 :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500923 The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded
924 build system uses the ``BUILD_PREFIX`` value to set the
925 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for
926 ``native`` recipes.
927
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600928 :term:`BUILD_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500929 Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from
930 binaries produced for the build host. By default, ``BUILD_STRIP``
931 points to
932 ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``.
933
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600934 :term:`BUILD_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500935 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
936 system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building
937 ``native`` recipes).
938
939 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
940 on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`,
941 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and
942 :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the
943 ``BUILD_SYS`` variable yourself.
944
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600945 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500946 Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host.
947 The default value is an empty string ("").
948
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600949 :term:`BUILDDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500950 Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`.
951 You can define this directory indirectly through the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500952 :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500953 Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do
954 not provide a Build Directory path, the ``BUILDDIR`` defaults to
955 ``build`` in the current directory.
956
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600957 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500958 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
959 class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build
960 history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local
961 repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory``
962 class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each
963 top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages,
964 and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time,
965 you should set this value to "1".
966
967 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build
968 history output in a local Git repository:
969 ::
970
971 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0"
972
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600973 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500974 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
975 class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit.
976 In order for the ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable to work, the
977 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must
978 be set to "1".
979
980 Git requires that the value you provide for the
981 ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable takes the form of "name
982 email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid
983 does not produce an error.
984
985 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:
986 ::
987
988 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>"
989
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600990 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500991 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
992 class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history
993 information is kept. For more information on how the variable works,
994 see the ``buildhistory.class``.
995
996 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows:
997 ::
998
999 BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory"
1000
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001001 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001002 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1003 class, this variable specifies the build history features to be
1004 enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001005 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001006 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
1007
1008 You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list:
1009
1010 - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the
1011 list of installed packages among other things.
1012
1013 - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages.
1014
1015 - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit
1016 (SDK).
1017
1018 - *task:* Save output file signatures for
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001019 :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001020 (sstate) tasks.
1021 This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for
1022 each file staged (i.e. the output of the task).
1023
1024 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following
1025 features:
1026 ::
1027
1028 BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk"
1029
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001030 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001031 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1032 class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from
1033 the image contents into the build history directory under an
1034 "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you
1035 can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy
1036 ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for
1037 changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include
1038 any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error.
1039 Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present.
1040
1041 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the
1042 following files:
1043 ::
1044
1045 BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group"
1046
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001047 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001048 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1049 class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to
1050 which build history pushes Git changes. In order for
1051 ``BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`` to work,
1052 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to
1053 "1".
1054
1055 The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a
1056 repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name
1057 that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local
1058 repository.
1059
1060 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:
1061 ::
1062
1063 BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= ""
1064
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001065 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001066 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
1067 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1068 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
1069 default.
1070
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001071 :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001072 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1073 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in
1074 the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set
1075 to the value of this variable by default.
1076
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001077 :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001078 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
1079 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1080 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1081 by default.
1082
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001083 :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001084 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK.
1085 When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1086 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1087 by default.
1088
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001089 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001090 Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics
1091 when you use and enable the
1092 :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The
1093 ``BUILDSTATS_BASE`` directory defaults to
1094 ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``.
1095
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001096 :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001097 For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output
1098 executable file into two parts: one for features that require
1099 ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that
1100 do not require ``setuid root``).
1101
1102 The ``BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`` variable defaults to "1", which results in
1103 splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get
1104 a single output executable file.
1105
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001106 :term:`CACHE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001107 Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the
1108 :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time
1109 BitBake is started.
1110
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001111 :term:`CC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001112 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler.
1113
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001114 :term:`CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001115 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is
1116 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1117 software being built during the compilation step.
1118
1119 Default initialization for ``CFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1120 being built:
1121
1122 - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the
1123 target
1124
1125 - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the
1126 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1127
1128 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for
1129 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1130
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001131 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001132 An internal variable specifying the special class override that
1133 should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so
1134 forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g.
1135 :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`,
1136 :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the
1137 variable to appropriate values.
1138
1139 .. note::
1140
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001141 ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` gets its default "class-target" value from the
1142 ``bitbake.conf`` file.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001143
1144 As an example, the following override allows you to install extra
1145 files, but only when building for the target:
1146 ::
1147
1148 do_install_append_class-target() {
1149 install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir}
1150 }
1151
1152 Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to
1153 "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not
1154 building for the build host:
1155 ::
1156
1157 FOO_class-native = "native"
1158 FOO = "other"
1159
1160 The underlying mechanism behind ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` is simply
1161 that it is included in the default value of
1162 :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1163
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001164 :term:`CLEANBROKEN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001165 If set to "1" within a recipe, ``CLEANBROKEN`` specifies that the
1166 ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built.
1167 Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run
1168 ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
1169 task, which is the default behavior.
1170
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001171 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001172 Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both
1173 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and
1174 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of
1175 features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at
1176 the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the
1177 "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be
1178 optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports
1179 Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it.
1180
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001181 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001182 Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the
1183 :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license
1184 files reside.
1185
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001186 :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001187 A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the
1188 recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is
1189 non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression
1190 is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the
1191 variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with
1192 which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is
1193 particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase
1194 parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not
1195 compatible with the current system.
1196
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001197 :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001198 A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines
1199 with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched
1200 against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use
1201 the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which
1202 the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly
1203 useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing
1204 speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible
1205 with the current machine.
1206
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001207 :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001208 Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary
1209 packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in
1210 an image.
1211
1212 .. note::
1213
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001214 The ``COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching
1215 (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__),
1216 which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion
1217 (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001218
1219 The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an
1220 item that can be added to
1221 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of
1222 this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
1223 will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development
1224 files) for every package in the image.
1225
1226 To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag
1227 to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the
1228 wildcard. Here is an example:
1229 ::
1230
1231 COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev'
1232
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001233 :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001234 Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
1235 system uses ``COMPONENTS_DIR`` when constructing recipe-specific
1236 sysroots for other recipes.
1237
1238 The default is
1239 "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``."
1240 (i.e.
1241 "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``").
1242
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001243 :term:`CONF_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001244 Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e.
1245 ``local.conf``). The value for ``CONF_VERSION`` increments each time
1246 ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes.
1247
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001248 :term:`CONFFILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001249 Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package.
1250 If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update
1251 packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration
1252 files you have changed after the original installation and that you
1253 now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words,
1254 editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset
1255 as part of the package update process. You can use the ``CONFFILES``
1256 variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent
1257 the PMS from overwriting during this update process.
1258
1259 To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override
1260 that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a
1261 space-separated list of files. Here is an example:
1262 ::
1263
1264 CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \
1265 ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3"
1266
1267 A relationship exists between the ``CONFFILES`` and ``FILES``
1268 variables. The files listed within ``CONFFILES`` must be a subset of
1269 the files listed within ``FILES``. Because the configuration files
1270 you provide with ``CONFFILES`` are simply being identified so that
1271 the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must
1272 already be included as part of the package through the ``FILES``
1273 variable.
1274
1275 .. note::
1276
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001277 When specifying paths as part of the ``CONFFILES`` variable, it is
1278 good practice to use appropriate path variables.
1279 For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}``
1280 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at
1281 the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the
1282 :term:`Source Directory`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001283
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001284 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001285 Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The
1286 OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig
1287 variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set
1288 to null ("").
1289
1290 The ``CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`` can be either a single cpio archive
1291 with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and
1292 files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain
1293 a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories
1294 should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs
1295 image. Files should contain entries according to the format described
1296 by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree.
1297
1298 If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image
1299 will be the aggregate of all of them.
1300
1301 For information on creating an initramfs, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001302 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001303 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
1304
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001305 :term:`CONFIG_SITE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001306 A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to
1307 the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities
1308 when running ``configure``.
1309
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001310 :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001311 The minimal arguments for GNU configure.
1312
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001313 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001314 When inheriting the
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06001315 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001316 class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be
1317 in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the
1318 ``CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that also
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06001319 appears in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
1320 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
1321 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001322
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001323 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001324 A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source
1325 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In
1326 other words, if a license in a recipe's
1327 :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of
1328 ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE``, then its source is not archived by the
1329 class.
1330
1331 .. note::
1332
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001333 The ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` variable takes precedence over the
1334 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001335
1336 The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for
1337 ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
1338 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1339 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1340
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001341 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001342 A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived
1343 by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other
1344 words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE`
1345 value is in the value of ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE``, then its
1346 source is archived by the class.
1347
1348 The default value is set by the
1349 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1350 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes
1351 "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*".
1352
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001353 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001354 A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the
1355 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1356 ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1357 exclusion caused through the
1358 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1359 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1360 variables, respectively.
1361
1362 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude
1363 any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
1364 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1365 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1366
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001367 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001368 A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the
1369 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1370 ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1371 exclusion caused through the
1372 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1373 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1374 variables, respectively.
1375
1376 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include
1377 any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` is set by the
1378 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1379 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1380
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001381 :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001382 A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source
1383 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1384 Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``,
1385 ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``.
1386
1387 The default value, which is "target*", for ``COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES``
1388 is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>`
1389 class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1390
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001391 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001392 If set to "1" along with the
1393 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the
1394 OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files,
1395 which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each
1396 package. The license files are placed in directories within the image
1397 itself during build time.
1398
1399 .. note::
1400
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001401 The ``COPY_LIC_DIRS`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1402 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1403 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1404 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001405 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001406 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001407 information on providing license text.
1408
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001409 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001410 If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license
1411 manifest for the image to
1412 ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image
1413 itself during build time.
1414
1415 .. note::
1416
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001417 The ``COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1418 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1419 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1420 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001421 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001422 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001423 information on providing license text.
1424
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001425 :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001426 Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should
1427 only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found
1428 in the :term:`Build Directory`.
1429
1430 This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer
1431 supported.
1432
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001433 :term:`COREBASE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001434 Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata
1435 layer (i.e. ``meta``).
1436
1437 It is an important distinction that ``COREBASE`` points to the parent
1438 of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you
1439 have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name
1440 for your local copy of the repository. In this case, ``COREBASE``
1441 points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of
1442 the ``poky/meta`` layer.
1443
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001444 :term:`COREBASE_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001445 Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that
1446 should be copied other than the layers listed in the
1447 ``bblayers.conf`` file. The ``COREBASE_FILES`` variable exists for
1448 the purpose of copying metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system
1449 into the extensible SDK.
1450
1451 Explicitly listing files in ``COREBASE`` is needed because it
1452 typically contains build directories and other files that should not
1453 normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value
1454 of ``COREBASE_FILES`` is used in order to only copy the files that
1455 are actually needed.
1456
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001457 :term:`CPP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001458 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor.
1459
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001460 :term:`CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001461 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1462 C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment
1463 variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the
1464 compilation step.
1465
1466 Default initialization for ``CPPFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1467 being built:
1468
1469 - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for
1470 the target
1471
1472 - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the
1473 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1474
1475 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building
1476 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1477
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001478 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001479 The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The
1480 ``CROSS_COMPILE`` variable is the same as the
1481 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable.
1482
1483 .. note::
1484
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001485 The OpenEmbedded build system sets the ``CROSS_COMPILE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001486 variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel
1487 and kernel module recipes).
1488
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001489 :term:`CVSDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001490 The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are
1491 stored.
1492
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001493 :term:`CXX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001494 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler.
1495
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001496 :term:`CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001497 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is
1498 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1499 software being built during the compilation step.
1500
1501 Default initialization for ``CXXFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1502 being built:
1503
1504 - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for
1505 the target
1506
1507 - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the
1508 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1509
1510 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building
1511 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1512
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001513 :term:`D`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001514 The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory`
1515 where components are installed by the
1516 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults
1517 to:
1518 ::
1519
1520 ${WORKDIR}/image
1521
1522 .. note::
1523
1524 Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001525 :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001526
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001527 :term:`DATE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001528 The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month,
1529 and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015).
1530
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001531 :term:`DATETIME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001532 The date and time on which the current build started. The format is
1533 suitable for timestamps.
1534
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001535 :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001536 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1537 which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a
1538 particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library
1539 package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you
1540 set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe:
1541 ::
1542
1543 DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1"
1544
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001545 :term:`DEBIANNAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001546 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1547 which is the default behavior, ``DEBIANNAME`` allows you to override
1548 the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library
1549 name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an
1550 override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the
1551 ``dbus`` recipe:
1552 ::
1553
1554 DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1"
1555
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001556 :term:`DEBUG_BUILD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001557 Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This
1558 influences the value of the ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable.
1559
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001560 :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001561 The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
1562 compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O
1563 -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe".
1564
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001565 :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001566 Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority.
1567
1568 The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within
1569 a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the
1570 variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build
1571 by default in the absence of ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` being used to
1572 build the development version.
1573
1574 .. note::
1575
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001576 The bias provided by ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` is weak and is overridden
1577 by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two
1578 layers that contain different versions of the same recipe.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001579
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001580 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001581 The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e.
1582 the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The
1583 ``DEFAULTTUNE`` helps define
1584 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
1585
1586 The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the
1587 machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override
1588 the setting using available tunes as defined with
1589 :term:`AVAILTUNES`.
1590
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001591 :term:`DEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001592 Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on
1593 other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are
1594 needed by the recipe at build time.
1595
1596 As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following
1597 assignment:
1598 ::
1599
1600 DEPENDS = "bar"
1601
1602 The practical effect of the previous
1603 assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in
1604 the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the
1605 :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the
1606 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs.
1607 This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on
1608 the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of
1609 each recipe listed in ``DEPENDS``, through a
1610 ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
1611 declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
1612
1613 .. note::
1614
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001615 It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001616 explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are
1617 configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots.
1618
1619 As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities
1620 that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe
1621 that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen``
1622 might have the following:
1623 ::
1624
1625 DEPENDS = "codegen-native"
1626
1627 For more
1628 information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and
1629 the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable.
1630
1631 .. note::
1632
1633 - ``DEPENDS`` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise,
1634 it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which
1635 usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as
1636 "foo-dev" in ``DEPENDS`` does not make sense. Use "foo"
1637 instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make
1638 up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the
1639 sysroot.
1640
1641 - One recipe having another recipe in ``DEPENDS`` does not by
1642 itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages
1643 produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001644 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001645 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual,
1646 runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning
1647 ``DEPENDS`` alone is sufficient for most recipes.
1648
1649 - Counterintuitively, ``DEPENDS`` is often necessary even for
1650 recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if
1651 ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against
1652 ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both
1653 ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot.
1654 Without a ``DEPENDS`` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo``
1655 to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might
1656 fail to link against ``libfoo``.
1657
1658 For information on runtime dependencies, see the
1659 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
1660 ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
1661 ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
1662 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
1663 dependencies.
1664
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001665 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001666 Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to
1667 place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready
1668 to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory
1669 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1670 ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``.
1671
1672 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001673 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001674 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001675 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`",
1676 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and
1677 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001678 Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1679
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001680 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001681 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1682 Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build
1683 system. This variable applies only when
1684 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1685 "package_deb".
1686
1687 The BitBake configuration file initially defines the
1688 ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of
1689 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
1690 ::
1691
1692 DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb"
1693
1694 The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the
1695 ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable to make sure the
1696 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task
1697 writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001698 information on how packaging works, see the
1699 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001700 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1701
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001702 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001703 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1704 images and other associated output files that are ready to be
1705 deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific
1706 as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory
1707 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1708 ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``.
1709
1710 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001711 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001712 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001713 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and
1714 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001715 the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1716
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001717 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001718 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1719 IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1720 This variable applies only when
1721 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1722 "package_ipk".
1723
1724 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
1725 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
1726 ::
1727
1728 DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk"
1729
1730 The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the
1731 ``DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`` variable to make sure the
1732 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task
1733 writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001734 on how packaging works, see the
1735 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001736 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1737
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001738 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001739 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1740 RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1741 This variable applies only when
1742 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1743 "package_rpm".
1744
1745 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
1746 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
1747 ::
1748
1749 DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm"
1750
1751 The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the
1752 ``DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`` variable to make sure the
1753 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task
1754 writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001755 on how packaging works, see the
1756 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001757 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1758
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001759 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001760 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1761 tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This
1762 variable applies only when
1763 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1764 "package_tar".
1765
1766 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
1767 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
1768 ::
1769
1770 DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar"
1771
1772 The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the
1773 ``DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`` variable to make sure the
1774 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task
1775 writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001776 on how packaging works, see the
1777 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001778 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1779
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001780 :term:`DEPLOYDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001781 When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the
1782 ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that
1783 is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows:
1784 ::
1785
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001786 DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001787
1788 Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be
1789 deployed into ``DEPLOYDIR``, and the class will take care of copying
1790 them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
1791 afterwards.
1792
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001793 :term:`DESCRIPTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001794 The package description used by package managers. If not set,
1795 ``DESCRIPTION`` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY`
1796 variable.
1797
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001798 :term:`DISTRO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001799 The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name
1800 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
1801 variable.
1802
1803 The ``DISTRO`` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration
1804 file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose
1805 filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution
1806 configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf``
1807 and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the
1808 :term:`Source Directory`.
1809
1810 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as
1811 follows:
1812 ::
1813
1814 DISTRO = "poky"
1815
1816 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1817 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1818 distribution configuration. The value for ``DISTRO`` must not contain
1819 spaces, and is typically all lower-case.
1820
1821 .. note::
1822
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001823 If the ``DISTRO`` variable is blank, a set of default configurations
1824 are used, which are specified within
1825 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001826
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001827 :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001828 Specifies a codename for the distribution being built.
1829
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001830 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001831 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images.
1832 This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the
1833 variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that
1834 include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep
1835 distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro
1836 variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file.
1837
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001838 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001839 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if
1840 the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g.
1841 kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but
1842 you can remove them.
1843
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001844 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001845 The software support you want in your distribution for various
1846 features. You define your distribution features in the distribution
1847 configuration file.
1848
1849 In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in
1850 ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` is translated to the appropriate option supplied
1851 to the configure script during the
1852 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that
1853 optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in
1854 ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, causes every piece of software built for the
1855 target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support
1856 enabled.
1857
1858 Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete
1859 list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001860 provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001861
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001862 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001863 Features to be added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` if not also present in
1864 ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
1865
1866 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
1867 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
1868 the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001869 all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section
1870 for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001871
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001872 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001873 Features from ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
1874 backfilled (i.e. added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES``) during the build. See
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001875 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001876
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001877 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001878 A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro
1879 features with the exception of any features specific to the C library
1880 (``libc``).
1881
1882 When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be
1883 able to reuse the default
1884 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the
1885 need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses
1886 ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file:
1887 ::
1888
1889 DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature"
1890
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001891 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001892 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1893 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1894 included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building native recipes. This
1895 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1896 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
1897 variable.
1898
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001899 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001900 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1901 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1902 included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building nativesdk recipes. This
1903 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1904 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
1905 variable.
1906
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001907 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001908 Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1909 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native
1910 recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered
1911 using the
1912 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
1913 variable.
1914
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001915 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001916 Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1917 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building
1918 nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features
1919 filtered using the
1920 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
1921 variable.
1922
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001923 :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001924 The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name
1925 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable.
1926
1927 The ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable corresponds to a distribution
1928 configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's
1929 argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the
1930 distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named
1931 ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory
1932 of the :term:`Source Directory`.
1933
1934 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set
1935 as follows:
1936 ::
1937
1938 DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)"
1939
1940 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1941 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1942 distribution configuration.
1943
1944 .. note::
1945
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001946 If the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is blank, a set of default
1947 configurations are used, which are specified within
1948 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001949
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001950 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001951 The version of the distribution.
1952
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001953 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001954 A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current
1955 distribution. By default, this list includes the value of
1956 :term:`DISTRO`.
1957
1958 You can extend ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that should
1959 apply to the distribution.
1960
1961 The underlying mechanism behind ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` is simply that it
1962 is included in the default value of
1963 :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1964
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001965 :term:`DL_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001966 The central download directory used by the build process to store
1967 downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring
1968 for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git
1969 repositories, use the
1970 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
1971 variable.
1972
1973 You can set this directory by defining the ``DL_DIR`` variable in the
1974 ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you
1975 should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is
1976 ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`.
1977 ::
1978
1979 #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads"
1980
1981 To specify a different download directory,
1982 simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory.
1983
1984 During a first build, the system downloads many different source code
1985 tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a
1986 while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are
1987 all stored in the directory defined by ``DL_DIR`` and the build
1988 system looks there first to find source tarballs.
1989
1990 .. note::
1991
1992 When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to
1993 speed up this part of subsequent builds.
1994
1995 You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the
1996 same development machine. For additional information on how the build
1997 process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001998 server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001999 chapter. You can also refer to the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002000 ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002001 Wiki page.
2002
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002003 :term:`DOC_COMPRESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002004 When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>`
2005 class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the
2006 OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By
2007 default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies
2008 available are xz and bz2.
2009
2010 For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the
2011 comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file.
2012
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002013 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002014 When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or
2015 ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the
2016 ``EFI_PROVIDER`` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The
2017 default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead.
2018
2019 See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and
2020 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more
2021 information.
2022
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002023 :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002024 Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated
2025 during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or
2026 less).
2027
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002028 :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002029 When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>`
2030 class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by
2031 the :ref:`error reporting
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002032 tool <dev-manual/common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002033 allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central
2034 database. By default, the value of this variable is
2035 ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
2036
2037 You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error
2038 reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your
2039 ``local.conf`` file:
2040 ::
2041
2042 ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
2043
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002044 :term:`ERROR_QA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002045 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
2046 errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
2047 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
2048 can control with this variable, see the
2049 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
2050
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002051 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002052 Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to
2053 exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries.
2054
2055 .. note::
2056
2057 The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002058 the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the
2059 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared
2060 libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between
2061 packages.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002062
2063 The ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable is similar to the
2064 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a
2065 package's particular libraries only and not the whole package.
2066
2067 Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a
2068 particular package:
2069 ::
2070
2071 EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1"
2072
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002073 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002074 Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e.
2075 ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and
2076 builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the
2077 ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file.
2078
2079 To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the
2080 variable to "1" in the recipe.
2081
2082 .. note::
2083
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002084 Recipes added to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` may still be built during a
2085 world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding
2086 a recipe to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` only ensures that the recipe is not
2087 explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002088
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002089 :term:`EXTENDPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002090 Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's
2091 version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If ``PE``
2092 is set and greater than zero for a recipe, ``EXTENDPE`` becomes that
2093 value (e.g if ``PE`` is equal to "1" then ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "1").
2094 If a recipe's ``PE`` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero,
2095 ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "".
2096
2097 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example.
2098
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002099 :term:`EXTENDPKGV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002100 The full package version specification as it appears on the final
2101 packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used
2102 to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another
2103 package in the same recipe:
2104 ::
2105
2106 RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
2107
2108 The dependency relationships are intended to force the package
2109 manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step.
2110
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002111 :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002112 When set, the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` variable indicates that these
2113 tools are not in the source tree.
2114
2115 When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over
2116 any externally installed tools. Setting the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS``
2117 variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed
2118 external tools. See the
2119 :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in
2120 ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used.
2121
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002122 :term:`EXTERNALSRC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002123 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2124 class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of
2125 the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the
2126 :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build
2127 system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code.
2128
2129 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2130 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
2131 can also find information on how to use this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002132 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002133 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2134
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002135 :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002136 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2137 class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's
2138 source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build
2139 system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable,
2140 which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build
2141 Directory.
2142
2143 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2144 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
2145 can also find information on how to use this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002146 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002147 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2148
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002149 :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002150 For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`
2151 class, you can use ``EXTRA_AUTORECONF`` to specify extra options to
2152 pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the
2153 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
2154
2155 The default value is "--exclude=autopoint".
2156
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002157 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002158 A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing
2159 more than one feature, separate them with a space.
2160
2161 Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file,
2162 which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
2163 Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best
2164 practices dictate that you do not.
2165
2166 .. note::
2167
2168 To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002169 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002170
2171 Here are some examples of features you can add:
2172
2173 - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including
2174 symbol information for debugging and profiling.
2175
2176 - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and
2177 enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002178 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`"
2179 section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002180 - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is
2181 useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image.
2182 - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is
2183 read-only. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002184 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002185 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
2186 information
2187 - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace.
2188 - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make,
2189 pkgconfig and so forth.
2190 - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools
2191 such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth.
2192
2193 For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002194 Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002195
2196 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002197 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002198 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2199
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002200 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002201 Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has
2202 been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting
2203 this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is
2204 an example:
2205 ::
2206
2207 EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096"
2208
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002209 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002210 A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for
2211 installing into the root filesystem.
2212
2213 Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
2214 needed in the root filesystem. You can use the ``EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS``
2215 variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A
2216 typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration.
2217
2218 .. note::
2219
2220 To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002221 \*:term:`RDEPENDS` and \*:term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002222
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002223 :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002224 A list of subdirectories of
2225 ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}``
2226 added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an
2227 example, the following prepends
2228 "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to
2229 ``PATH``:
2230 ::
2231
2232 EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar"
2233
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002234 :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002235 Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the
2236 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information.
2237
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002238 :term:`EXTRA_OECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002239 Additional ``configure`` script options. See
2240 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for
2241 additional information on passing configure script options.
2242
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002243 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002244 Additional GNU ``make`` options.
2245
2246 Because the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` defaults to "", you need to set the
2247 variable to specify any required GNU options.
2248
2249 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and
2250 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of
2251 ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to pass the required flags.
2252
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002253 :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002254 When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this
2255 variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass
2256 to the ``scons`` command line.
2257
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002258 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002259 When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>`
2260 class, this variable provides image level user and group operations.
2261 This is a more global method of providing user and group
2262 configuration as compared to using the
2263 :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and
2264 group configurations to a specific recipe.
2265
2266 The set list of commands you can configure using the
2267 ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These
2268 commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names:
2269 ::
2270
2271 # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
2272 # useradd -p '' tester; \
2273 # groupadd developers; \
2274 # userdel nobody; \
2275 # groupdel -g video; \
2276 # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \
2277 # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \
2278 # "
2279
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002280 :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002281 Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific
2282 item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
2283 When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of
2284 the feature item as an override. Here is an example:
2285 ::
2286
2287 FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2"
2288
2289 In this example, if "widget" were added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``,
2290 package1 and package2 would be included in the image.
2291
2292 .. note::
2293
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002294 Packages installed by features defined through ``FEATURE_PACKAGES``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002295 are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002296 confuse the ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` variable with package groups, which
2297 are discussed elsewhere in the documentation.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002298
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002299 :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002300 Points to the base URL of the server and location within the
2301 document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by
2302 OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set
2303 this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2304
2305 Consider the following example:
2306 ::
2307
2308 FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir"
2309
2310 This example assumes you are serving
2311 your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory
2312 named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's
2313 document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates
2314 a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with
2315 the feed.
2316
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002317 :term:`FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002318 The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The
2319 :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages
2320 generated by a recipe.
2321
2322 To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that
2323 identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated
2324 list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as
2325 part of the resulting package. Here is an example:
2326 ::
2327
2328 FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile"
2329
2330 .. note::
2331
2332 - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using
2333 Python's
2334 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_
2335 syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by
2336 following the previous link.
2337
2338 - When specifying paths as part of the ``FILES`` variable, it is
2339 good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example,
2340 use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}``
2341 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these
2342 variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in
2343 the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also
2344 find the default values of the various ``FILES_*`` variables in
2345 this file.
2346
2347 If some of the files you provide with the ``FILES`` variable are
2348 editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the
2349 package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you
2350 can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See
2351 the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on
2352 how to identify these files to the PMS.
2353
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002354 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002355 Defines the file specification to match
2356 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words,
2357 ``FILES_SOLIBSDEV`` defines the full path name of the development
2358 symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform.
2359
2360 The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is
2361 set:
2362 ::
2363
2364 FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}"
2365
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002366 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002367 Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
2368 looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append
2369 files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes
2370 are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH`
2371 variable. You can extend ``FILESPATH`` variable by using
2372 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``.
2373
2374 Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using
2375 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you
2376 prepend paths as follows:
2377 ::
2378
2379 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2380
2381 In the above example, the build system first
2382 looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the
2383 corresponding append file.
2384
2385 .. note::
2386
2387 When extending ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``, be sure to use the immediate
2388 expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that
2389 BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the
2390 directive is encountered rather than at some later time when
2391 expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the
2392 files you need.
2393
2394 Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are
2395 prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you
2396 are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories
2397 to the search path.
2398
2399 Here is another common use:
2400 ::
2401
2402 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
2403
2404 In this example, the build system extends the
2405 ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is
2406 in the same directory as the corresponding append file.
2407
2408 This next example specifically adds three paths:
2409 ::
2410
2411 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:"
2412
2413 A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include
2414 a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful
2415 in a BSP layer:
2416 ::
2417
2418 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2419
2420 The previous statement appears in the
2421 ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002422 :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002423 ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine
2424 override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
2425 definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines.
2426
2427 .. note::
2428
2429 For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002430 the value of ``MACHINE``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002431
2432 By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append
2433 files that reside in different layers but are used for the same
2434 recipe to correctly extend the path.
2435
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002436 :term:`FILESOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002437 A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the
2438 OpenEmbedded build system for creating
2439 :term:`FILESPATH`. The ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable
2440 uses overrides to automatically extend the
2441 :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how
2442 that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
2443 description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides
2444 are handled in the
2445 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
2446 section of the BitBake User Manual.
2447
2448 By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as:
2449 ::
2450
2451 FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}"
2452
2453 .. note::
2454
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002455 Do not hand-edit the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable. The values match up
2456 with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the
2457 build system.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002458
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002459 :term:`FILESPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002460 The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses
2461 when searching for patches and files.
2462
2463 During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in
2464 ``FILESPATH`` in the specified order when looking for files and
2465 patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's
2466 :term:`SRC_URI` statements.
2467
2468 The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the
2469 ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the
2470 :term:`Source Directory`:
2471 ::
2472
2473 FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \
2474 "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}"
2475
2476 The
2477 ``FILESPATH`` variable is automatically extended using the overrides
2478 from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable.
2479
2480 .. note::
2481
2482 - Do not hand-edit the ``FILESPATH`` variable. If you want the
2483 build system to look in directories other than the defaults,
2484 extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
2485 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable.
2486
2487 - Be aware that the default ``FILESPATH`` directories do not map
2488 to directories in custom layers where append files
2489 (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find
2490 patches or files that reside with your append files, you need
2491 to extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
2492 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` variable.
2493
2494 You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For
2495 example, consider a case where the following directory structure
2496 exists for general and machine-specific configurations:
2497 ::
2498
2499 files/defconfig
2500 files/MACHINEA/defconfig
2501 files/MACHINEB/defconfig
2502
2503 Also in the example, the ``SRC_URI`` statement contains
2504 "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set
2505 :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build
2506 system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set ``MACHINE`` to
2507 "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``.
2508 Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the
2509 build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``.
2510
2511 You can find out more about the patching process in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002512 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002513 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002514 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:patching code`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002515 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the
2516 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well.
2517
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002518 :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002519 Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part
2520 of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose
2521 you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups
2522 and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the
2523 packages themselves but this is not always possible.
2524
2525 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``,
2526 which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`.
2527 If you create your own file
2528 permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the
2529 distro's layer.
2530
2531 You define the ``FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`` variable in the
2532 ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`,
2533 to point to your custom
2534 ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions
2535 setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined
2536 within the :term:`BBPATH` variable.
2537
2538 For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings
2539 table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``.
2540
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002541 :term:`FIT_DESC`
2542 Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default
2543 value is set by the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2544 class as follows::
2545
2546 FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}"
2547
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002548 :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002549 Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they
2550 don't already exist. The keys are created in ``UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR``.
2551 The default value is 0.
2552
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002553 :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002554 Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256.
2555
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002556 :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002557 Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing
2558 fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to
2559 use.
2560
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002561 :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002562 Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage.
2563 The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode
2564 and new for generating new keys.
2565
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002566 :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002567 Format for public key ceritifcate used in signing fitImage.
2568 The default value is "x509".
2569
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002570 :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002571 Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image.
2572 For e.g. rsa2048.
2573
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002574 :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002575 Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default
2576 value is "2048".
2577
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002578 :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL`
2579 If set to "1", then the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2580 class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition
2581 to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are
2582 intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via
2583 U-Boot.
2584
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002585 :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002586 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2587 this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages.
2588 By default, the ``FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` is set to "fontconfig-utils".
2589
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002590 :term:`FONT_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002591 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2592 this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to
2593 be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes
2594 that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
2595 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you
2596 need are in a package other than that main package.
2597
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002598 :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002599 Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED``
2600 during the generation of the root filesystem.
2601
2602 Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages.
2603
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002604 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002605 The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
2606 compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe
2607 ${DEBUG_FLAGS}".
2608
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002609 :term:`GCCPIE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002610 Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C
2611 Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented
2612 Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute.
2613
2614 By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the
2615 variable as follows:
2616 ::
2617
2618 GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie"
2619
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002620 :term:`GCCVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002621 Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for
2622 compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the
2623 ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file:
2624 ::
2625
2626 GCCVERSION ?= "8.%"
2627
2628 You can override this value by setting it in a
2629 configuration file such as the ``local.conf``.
2630
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002631 :term:`GDB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002632 The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger.
2633
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002634 :term:`GITDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002635 The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored
2636 when it is cloned.
2637
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002638 :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002639 Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish
2640 to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming.
2641
2642 .. note::
2643
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002644 If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set
2645 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002646
2647 You can set ``GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`` in your ``local.conf`` file.
2648 By default, all locales are generated.
2649 ::
2650
2651 GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8"
2652
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002653 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002654 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2655 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2656 passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the
2657 system when the package is installed.
2658
2659 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:
2660 ::
2661
2662 GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev"
2663
2664 For information on the standard Linux shell command
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002665 ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002666
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002667 :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002668 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2669 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2670 passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members
2671 of a group when the package is installed.
2672
2673 For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``,
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002674 see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002675
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002676 :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002677 Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics
2678 and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your
2679 ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics
2680 and serial in the menu.
2681
2682 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
2683 information on how this variable is used.
2684
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002685 :term:`GRUB_OPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002686 Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB)
2687 configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate
2688 multiple options.
2689
2690 The ``GRUB_OPTS`` variable is optional. See the
2691 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2692 on how this variable is used.
2693
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002694 :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002695 Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the
2696 GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB).
2697
2698 The ``GRUB_TIMEOUT`` variable is optional. See the
2699 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2700 on how this variable is used.
2701
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002702 :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002703 When inheriting the
2704 :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class,
2705 this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input
2706 method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other
2707 than the main package.
2708
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002709 :term:`HOMEPAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002710 Website where more information about the software the recipe is
2711 building can be found.
2712
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002713 :term:`HOST_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002714 The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as
2715 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system
2716 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
2717 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
2718 configurable:
2719
2720 - arm
2721 - i586
2722 - x86_64
2723 - powerpc
2724 - powerpc64
2725 - mips
2726 - mipsel
2727
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002728 :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002729 Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the
2730 C compiler.
2731
2732 Default initialization for ``HOST_CC_ARCH`` varies depending on what
2733 is being built:
2734
2735 - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the
2736 target
2737
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002738 - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002739 ``-native``)
2740
2741 - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e.
2742 ``nativesdk-``)
2743
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002744 :term:`HOST_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002745 Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally
2746 the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can
2747 be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for
2748 ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and
2749 "linux-musleabi" values possible.
2750
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002751 :term:`HOST_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002752 Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. ``HOST_PREFIX``
2753 is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`.
2754
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002755 :term:`HOST_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002756 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
2757 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
2758 current recipe.
2759
2760 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
2761 on :term:`HOST_ARCH`,
2762 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and
2763 :term:`HOST_OS` variables.
2764
2765 .. note::
2766
2767 You do not need to set the variable yourself.
2768
2769 Consider these two examples:
2770
2771 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the
2772 value is "i686-linux".
2773
2774 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running
2775 Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
2776
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002777 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002778 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2779 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2780 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool
2781 specified in the value of ``HOSTTOOLS`` is not found on the build
2782 host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build
2783 is not started.
2784
2785 For additional information, see
2786 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`.
2787
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002788 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002789 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2790 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2791 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike
2792 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system
2793 does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of
2794 ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can
2795 use ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` to filter optional host tools.
2796
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002797 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002798 Specifies the name of the vendor. ``HOST_VENDOR`` is normally the
2799 same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`.
2800
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002801 :term:`ICECC_DISABLED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002802 Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more
2803 information on this function and best practices for using this
2804 variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`"
2805 section.
2806
2807 Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the
2808 function:
2809 ::
2810
2811 ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
2812
2813 To enable the function, set the variable as follows:
2814 ::
2815
2816 ICECC_DISABLED = ""
2817
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002818 :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002819 Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This
2820 variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You
2821 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2822
2823 If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded
2824 build system uses the default script provided by the
2825 ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not
2826 the one that comes with ``icecc``.
2827
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002828 :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002829 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
2830 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel
2831 compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x
2832 represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run.
2833
2834 .. note::
2835
2836 The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002837 network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002838
2839 If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the
2840 maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best
2841 performance could take some experimentation since machine speed,
2842 network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all
2843 affect build time. Consequently, unlike the
2844 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no
2845 rule-of-thumb for setting ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`` to achieve optimal
2846 performance.
2847
2848 If you do not set ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE``, the build system does not
2849 use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of
2850 cores as is done with ``PARALLEL_MAKE``).
2851
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002852 :term:`ICECC_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002853 The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in
2854 your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define
2855 this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts
2856 to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``.
2857
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002858 :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002859 Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2860 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2861 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2862 your ``local.conf`` file.
2863
2864 When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
2865 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes
2866 you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
2867
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002868 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002869 Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2870 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2871 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2872 your ``local.conf`` file.
2873
2874 When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
2875 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages
2876 you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
2877
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002878 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002879 Identifies user recipes that use an empty
2880 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to
2881 force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream
2882 distributed compile support. This variable is used by the
2883 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2884 your ``local.conf`` file.
2885
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002886 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002887 The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the
2888 recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``).
2889
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002890 :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002891 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2892 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
2893 ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default,
2894 the files are
2895 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2896 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2897 (;). Source files need to be located in
2898 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
2899 examples:
2900 ::
2901
2902 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2"
2903 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio"
2904
2905 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2906 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2907 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2908 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
2909 Here are two examples:
2910 ::
2911
2912 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*"
2913 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/"
2914
2915 The first example
2916 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/``
2917 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2918 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2919
2920 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002921 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002922 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
2923 material for Wic is located in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002924 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002925
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002926 :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002927 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2928 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002929 ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002930 the files are
2931 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2932 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2933 (;). Source files need to be located in
2934 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
2935 examples:
2936 ::
2937
2938 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel"
2939 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}"
2940
2941 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2942 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2943 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2944 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
2945 Here are two examples:
2946 ::
2947
2948 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*"
2949 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/"
2950
2951 The first example
2952 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles``
2953 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2954 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2955
2956 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002957 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002958 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
2959 material for Wic is located in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002960 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002961
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002962 :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002963 A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use
2964 this variable to specify the list of classes that register the
2965 different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates.
2966
2967 The default value for ``IMAGE_CLASSES`` is ``image_types``. You can
2968 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution
2969 configuration file.
2970
2971 For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the
2972 :term:`Source Directory`.
2973
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002974 :term:`IMAGE_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002975 Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image
2976 type, which corresponds to the value set set in
2977 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``,
2978 ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use
2979 an override for the associated type. Here is an example:
2980 ::
2981
2982 IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \
2983 --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \
2984 ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}"
2985
2986 You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding
2987 support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this
2988 variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>`
2989 class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``.
2990
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002991 :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002992 Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that
2993 are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image.
2994 These files list basic device nodes that should be created under
2995 ``/dev`` within the image. If ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` is not set,
2996 ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by
2997 :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write
2998 device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an
2999 example.
3000
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003001 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003002 The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you
3003 configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this
3004 variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
3005 :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do
3006 not.
3007
3008 .. note::
3009
3010 To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003011 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003012
3013 For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003014 the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003015
3016 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003017 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003018 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3019
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003020 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003021 Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the
3022 build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting
3023 ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root
3024 filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``:
3025 ::
3026
3027 IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2"
3028
3029 For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can
3030 choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`.
3031
3032 .. note::
3033
3034 - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are
3035 setting ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` inside the recipe, you must set
3036 ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` prior to using the "inherit image" line.
3037
3038 - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this
3039 variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``_append``
3040 or ``_prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or
3041 more options to the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable.
3042
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003043 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003044 Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image
3045 through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the
3046 ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with care to avoid ordering issues.
3047
3048 Image recipes set ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to specify the packages to
3049 install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally,
3050 "helper" classes such as the
3051 :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class exist that can
3052 take lists used with ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and turn them into
3053 auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its
3054 default contents.
3055
3056 When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:
3057 ::
3058
3059 IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name"
3060
3061 Be sure to include the space
3062 between the quotation character and the start of the package name or
3063 names.
3064
3065 .. note::
3066
3067 - When working with a
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003068 :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003069 image, do not use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable to specify
3070 packages for installation. Instead, use the
3071 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which
3072 allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a
3073 fixed set of packages and not be affected by ``IMAGE_INSTALL``.
3074 For information on creating an initramfs, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003075 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003076 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3077
3078 - Using ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` with the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003079 :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003080 BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from
3081 within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator
3082 in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since
3083 ``core-image.bbclass`` sets ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to a default
3084 value using the
3085 :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>`
3086 operator, using a ``+=`` operation against ``IMAGE_INSTALL``
3087 results in unexpected behavior when used within
3088 ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from
3089 within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the
3090 specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is
3091 contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work.
3092
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003093 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003094 Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the
3095 root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system
3096 automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization,
3097 into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable
3098 ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already
3099 selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is
3100 an example:
3101 ::
3102
3103 IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de"
3104
3105 In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese
3106 and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are
3107 installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as
3108 ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages
3109 only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific
3110 language).
3111
3112 See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
3113 variable for information on generating GLIBC locales.
3114
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003115
3116 :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
3117 The name of the output image symlink (which does not include
3118 the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value
3119 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE`
3120 variables:
3121 ::
3122
3123 IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}"
3124
3125
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003126 :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003127 The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed
3128 packages that make up the image. The file contains package
3129 information on a line-per-package basis as follows:
3130 ::
3131
3132 packagename packagearch version
3133
3134 The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest
3135 file as follows:
3136 ::
3137
3138 IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest"
3139
3140 The location is
3141 derived using the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
3142 and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003143 information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003144 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
3145
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003146 :term:`IMAGE_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003147 The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable
3148 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`,
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003149 :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003150 variables:
3151 ::
3152
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003153 IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3154
3155 :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX`
3156 Suffix used for the image output file name - defaults to ``".rootfs"``
3157 to distinguish the image file from other files created during image
3158 building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can
3159 clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example,
3160 this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003161
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003162 :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003163 Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial
3164 image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk
3165 usage value for the image is greater than the sum of
3166 ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` and ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``. The result of
3167 the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk
3168 space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a
3169 multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in
3170 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to
3171 determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that
3172 post install scripts and the package management system uses disk
3173 space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does
3174 not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See
3175 ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` for information on how the build system
3176 determines the overall image size.
3177
3178 The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room
3179 to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a
3180 small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you
3181 can increase the default value. For example, the following setting
3182 gives you 50% free space added to the image:
3183 ::
3184
3185 IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5"
3186
3187 Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is
3188 added to the image by using the ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``
3189 variable.
3190
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003191 :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003192 Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the
3193 OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by
3194 the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`,
3195 :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`,
3196 :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or
3197 :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class.
3198
3199 .. note::
3200
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003201 The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is
3202 recommended that you do not use it.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003203
3204 The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and
3205 :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE``
3206 for packaging up images and SDKs.
3207
3208 You should not set the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` manually. Rather, the
3209 variable is set indirectly through the appropriate
3210 :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the
3211 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The
3212 OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM,
3213 or IPK) that appears with the variable
3214
3215 .. note::
3216
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003217 Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute
3218 packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image
3219 or SDK.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003220
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003221 :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003222 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
3223 system creates the final image output files. You can specify
3224 functions separated by semicolons:
3225 ::
3226
3227 IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3228
3229 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3230 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3231 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3232 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3233 information.
3234
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003235 :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003236 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
3237 system creates the final image output files. You can specify
3238 functions separated by semicolons:
3239 ::
3240
3241 IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3242
3243 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3244 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3245 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3246 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3247 information.
3248
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003249 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003250 The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction
3251 (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This
3252 variable is not configurable. Do not change it.
3253
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003254 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003255 Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the
3256 size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is
3257 rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is
3258 "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for
3259 additional information.
3260
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003261 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003262 Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By
3263 default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added
3264 to the image after the build system determines the image size as
3265 described in ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``.
3266
3267 This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a
3268 specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an
3269 image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of
3270 free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:
3271 ::
3272
3273 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880"
3274
3275 For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests
3276 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:
3277 ::
3278
3279 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040"
3280
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003281 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003282 Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded
3283 build system determines the final size for the generated image using
3284 an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for
3285 the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested
3286 additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically,
3287 the build system determines the final size of the generated image as
3288 follows:
3289 ::
3290
3291 if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size:
3292 internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace
3293 else:
3294 internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace
3295 where:
3296 image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image.
3297 overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
3298 rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
3299 internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications.
3300 xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
3301
3302 See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
3303 and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
3304 variables for related information.
3305
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003306 :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003307 Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an
3308 example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class:
3309 ::
3310
3311 IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3"
3312
3313 In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is
3314 listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable,
3315 the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since
3316 one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted
3317 partition containing the root filesystem.
3318
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003319 :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003320 Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default:
3321
3322 - btrfs
3323 - container
3324 - cpio
3325 - cpio.gz
3326 - cpio.lz4
3327 - cpio.lzma
3328 - cpio.xz
3329 - cramfs
3330 - ext2
3331 - ext2.bz2
3332 - ext2.gz
3333 - ext2.lzma
3334 - ext3
3335 - ext3.gz
3336 - ext4
3337 - ext4.gz
3338 - f2fs
3339 - hddimg
3340 - iso
3341 - jffs2
3342 - jffs2.sum
3343 - multiubi
3344 - squashfs
3345 - squashfs-lz4
3346 - squashfs-lzo
3347 - squashfs-xz
3348 - tar
3349 - tar.bz2
3350 - tar.gz
3351 - tar.lz4
3352 - tar.xz
3353 - tar.zst
3354 - ubi
3355 - ubifs
3356 - wic
3357 - wic.bz2
3358 - wic.gz
3359 - wic.lzma
3360
3361 For more information about these types of images, see
3362 ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
3363
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003364 :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
3365 Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and
3366 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values.
3367 Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a
3368 version string that comes from your external build environment if
3369 desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across
3370 the build artifacts.
3371
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003372 :term:`INC_PR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003373 Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common
3374 ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the
3375 recipe revision as set from within an include file.
3376
3377 Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across
3378 several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its
3379 :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when
3380 the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find
3381 all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the
3382 updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get
3383 complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide
3384 common functionality are upgraded to a new revision.
3385
3386 A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the
3387 ``INC_PR`` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes
3388 share and then expand the ``INC_PR`` variable within the recipes to
3389 help define the recipe revision.
3390
3391 The following provides an example that shows how to use the
3392 ``INC_PR`` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the
3393 variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you
3394 can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You
3395 will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more
3396 granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable:
3397 ::
3398
3399 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2"
3400 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1"
3401 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0"
3402 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3"
3403
3404 The
3405 first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be
3406 used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining
3407 lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the
3408 ``PR`` value is set.
3409
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003410 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003411 Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would
3412 appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded
3413 from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed
3414 incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually
3415 licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted.
3416
3417 .. note::
3418
3419 This functionality is only regularly tested using the following
3420 setting:
3421 ::
3422
3423 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0"
3424
3425
3426 Although you can use other settings, you might be required to
3427 remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that
3428 are required to produce a functional system image.
3429
3430 .. note::
3431
3432 It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be
3433 used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003434 a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licences
3435 that are allowed. Then define ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` as:
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003436 ::
3437
3438 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}"
3439
3440
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003441 This will result in ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` containing the names of
3442 all licences from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified
3443 in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` , thus only allowing the latter licences to
3444 be used.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003445
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003446 :term:`INHERIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003447 Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous
3448 functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base
3449 configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
3450 system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes.
3451
3452 For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the
3453 :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`"
3454 section in the Bitbake User Manual.
3455
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003456 :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003457 Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is
3458 unlikely that you want to edit this variable.
3459
3460 The default value of the variable is set as follows in the
3461 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file:
3462 ::
3463
3464 INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license"
3465
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003466 :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003467 Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard
3468 C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`.
3469 This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any
3470 compilation using the C compiler.
3471
3472 Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from
3473 being added.
3474
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003475 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003476 Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug
3477 information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out
3478 debugging information during the
3479 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on
3480 how debug information is split out, see the
3481 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
3482 variable.
3483
3484 To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information
3485 during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as
3486 follows:
3487 ::
3488
3489 INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1"
3490
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003491 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003492 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting
3493 packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source
3494 files.
3495
3496 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts
3497 the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``.
3498 Consequently, you should not set ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`` when you
3499 plan to debug in general.
3500
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003501 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003502 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the
3503 resulting sysroot.
3504
3505 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the
3506 resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the
3507 ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit
3508 this stripping.
3509
3510 If you want to use this variable, include the
3511 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a
3512 ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts
3513 accordingly.
3514
3515 .. note::
3516
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003517 Use of the ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable occurs in rare and
3518 special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building
3519 bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore,
3520 even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, other files exist
3521 that are needed for the build that are not strippable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003522
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003523 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003524 Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem
3525 (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the
3526 same as those supported by the
3527 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
3528
3529 The default value of this variable, which is set in the
3530 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the
3531 :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's
3532 initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem
3533 `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects
3534 an optionally compressed cpio archive.
3535
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003536 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003537 Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image
3538 recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3539 image. In other words, the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable causes an
3540 additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root
3541 filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The
3542 initramfs image recipe you provide should set
3543 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to
3544 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`.
3545
3546 An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for
3547 early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate
3548 and mount the "real" root filesystem).
3549
3550 .. note::
3551
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003552 See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb``
3553 recipe in the :term:`Source Directory`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003554 for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003555 the one built to provide the initramfs image, set ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003556 to "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3557
3558 You can also find more information by referencing the
3559 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in
3560 the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class,
3561 and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use
3562 the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable.
3563
3564 If ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` is empty, which is the default, then no
3565 initramfs image is built.
3566
3567 For more information, you can also see the
3568 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
3569 variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the
3570 kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003571 image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003572 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3573
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003574 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003575 Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by
3576 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an
3577 extra pass
3578 (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during
3579 kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains
3580 both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3581 image. This makes use of the
3582 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel
3583 feature.
3584
3585 .. note::
3586
3587 Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a
3588 circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs
3589 recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be
3590 the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the
3591 kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe
3592 since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image.
3593
3594 The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory,
3595 which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`.
3596
3597 Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the
3598 OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the
3599 initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within:
3600 ::
3601
3602 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1"
3603
3604 By default, the
3605 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a
3606 null string as follows:
3607 ::
3608
3609 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= ""
3610
3611 .. note::
3612
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003613 You must set the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`` variable in a
3614 configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003615
3616 See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003617 :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003618 file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003619 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003620 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3621
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003622 :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003623 The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3624 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3625 follows:
3626 ::
3627
3628 INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3629
3630 The value of the
3631 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
3632 file, has the following value:
3633 ::
3634
3635 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3636
3637 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3638 information.
3639
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003640 :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003641 The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3642 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3643 follows:
3644 ::
3645
3646 INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3647
3648 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
3649 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
3650 ::
3651
3652 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3653
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003654 :term:`INITRD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003655 Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an
3656 initial RAM disk (``initrd``).
3657
3658 The ``INITRD`` variable is an optional variable used with the
3659 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
3660
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003661 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003662 When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when
3663 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"),
3664 ``INITRD_IMAGE`` specifies the image recipe that should be built to
3665 provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is
3666 "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3667
3668 See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more
3669 information.
3670
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003671 :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003672 The filename of the initialization script as installed to
3673 ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``.
3674
3675 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3676 The variable is mandatory.
3677
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003678 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003679 A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages
3680 are specified, you need to append the package name to the other
3681 ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override.
3682
3683 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3684 The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN`
3685 variable.
3686
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003687 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003688 Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example:
3689 ::
3690
3691 INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ."
3692
3693 In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script
3694 in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6.
3695
3696 The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the
3697 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class.
3698
3699 The value in ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`` is passed through to the
3700 ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters,
3701 please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05003702 https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003703
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003704 :term:`INSANE_SKIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003705 Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a
3706 recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so``
3707 files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the
3708 recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example
3709 is ``${PN}``:
3710 ::
3711
3712 INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
3713
3714 See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a
3715 list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable.
3716
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003717 :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003718 By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file.
3719 Set the ``INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`` variable to "0" at the
3720 configuration level to disable this behavior.
3721
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003722 :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003723 When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on
3724 the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the
3725 target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once
3726 the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades
3727 using the package manager at runtime.
3728
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003729 :term:`KARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003730 Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the
3731 configuration. Architectures supported for this release are:
3732
3733 - powerpc
3734 - i386
3735 - x86_64
3736 - arm
3737 - qemu
3738 - mips
3739
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003740 You define the ``KARCH`` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003741
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003742 :term:`KBRANCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003743 A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify
3744 the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a
3745 build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch
3746 you want is being used by the build process.
3747
3748 Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the
3749 kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the
3750 ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the
3751 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH``
3752 is set as follows in that kernel recipe file:
3753 ::
3754
3755 KBRANCH ?= "standard/base"
3756
3757 This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify
3758 the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target
3759 hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's
3760 append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the
3761 BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the
3762 Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA
3763 machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named
3764 ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``.
3765 Here are the related statements from that append file:
3766 ::
3767
3768 KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base"
3769 KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base"
3770 KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
3771 KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone"
3772
3773 The ``KBRANCH`` statements
3774 identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported
3775 BSP.
3776
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003777 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003778 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
3779 class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use
3780 during a kernel build.
3781
3782 Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a
3783 build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you
3784 would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e.
3785 "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that
3786 is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the
3787 ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable and append the
3788 :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the
3789 ``defconfig`` file.
3790
3791 To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe
3792 using the following form:
3793 ::
3794
3795 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file
3796
3797 Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses
3798 a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig":
3799 ::
3800
3801 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig"
3802
3803 As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file:
3804 ::
3805
3806 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file
3807
3808 For more
3809 information on how to use the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003810 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003811 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
3812
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003813 :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003814 Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to
3815 the kernel image type specified using the
3816 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable.
3817
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003818 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003819 Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the
3820 name of the artifacts by changing the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``
3821 variable.
3822
3823 The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the
3824 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the
3825 following default value:
3826 ::
3827
3828 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3829
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003830 See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE`
3831 and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003832
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003833 :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003834 A list of classes defining kernel image types that the
3835 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You
3836 typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An
3837 example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and
3838 resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register
3839 custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this
3840 variable.
3841
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003842 :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003843 Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e.
3844 the ``.dtb``) file.
3845
3846 .. note::
3847
3848 Legacy support exists for specifying the full path to the device
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003849 tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003850
3851 In order to use this variable, the
3852 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3853 be inherited.
3854
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003855 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003856 The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3857 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3858 follows:
3859 ::
3860
3861 KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3862
3863 The
3864 value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in
3865 the same file, has the following value:
3866 ::
3867
3868 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3869
3870 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3871 information.
3872
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003873 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003874 The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3875 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3876 follows:
3877 ::
3878
3879 KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3880
3881 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
3882 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
3883 ::
3884
3885 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3886
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06003887 :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS`
3888 Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build
3889 system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment
3890 variable).
3891
3892 In order to use this variable, the
3893 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3894 be inherited.
3895
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003896 :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003897 Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded
3898 build system passes on when compiling the kernel.
3899
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003900 :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003901 Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build
3902 system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs)
3903 :term:`Metadata` is provided through the
3904 :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH`
3905 variables. You can use the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable from within
3906 the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for
3907 all BSPs or specific BSPs.
3908
3909 The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments
3910 and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as
3911 config fragments. You typically override the ``KERNEL_FEATURES``
3912 variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide
3913 validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features.
3914
3915 For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12``
3916 kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs
3917 as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two
3918 statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types:
3919 ::
3920
3921 KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc"
3922 KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}"
3923 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc"
3924 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc"
3925 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc"
3926
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003927 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003928 The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
3929 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
3930 file as follows:
3931 ::
3932
3933 KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3934
3935 The value of the
3936 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
3937 file, has the following value:
3938 ::
3939
3940 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3941
3942 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3943 information.
3944
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003945 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003946 The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
3947 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
3948 file as follows:
3949 ::
3950
3951 KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3952
3953 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
3954 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
3955 ::
3956
3957 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3958
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003959 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003960 The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the
3961 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
3962 ::
3963
3964 KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3965
3966 The value of
3967 the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
3968 file, has the following value:
3969 ::
3970
3971 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3972
3973 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3974 information.
3975
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003976 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003977 Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If
3978 ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is set, the size of the kernel image file is
3979 checked against the set value during the
3980 :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if
3981 the kernel image file is larger than the setting.
3982
3983 ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is useful for target devices that have a
3984 limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored.
3985
3986 By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the
3987 kernel image is not checked.
3988
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003989 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003990 The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the
3991 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
3992 ::
3993
3994 KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3995
3996 The value of the
3997 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
3998 which is set in the same file, has the following value:
3999 ::
4000
4001 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
4002
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004003 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004004 The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine
4005 configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used
4006 when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to
4007 build.
4008
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004009 If you want to build an alternate kernel image type in addition to that
4010 specified by ``KERNEL_IMAGETYPE``, use the :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
4011 variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004012
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004013 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004014 Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot.
4015
4016 .. note::
4017
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004018 This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004019 variable.
4020
4021 You can use the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` variable anywhere that it
4022 can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel
4023 module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution
4024 configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe
4025 itself).
4026
4027 Specify it as follows:
4028 ::
4029
4030 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3"
4031
4032 Including ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` causes the OpenEmbedded build
4033 system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with
4034 the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear
4035 one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use
4036 case:
4037 ::
4038
4039 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name"
4040
4041 For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with
4042 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable.
4043
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004044 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004045 Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system
4046 expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify
4047 configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to
4048 provide those module configurations, see the
4049 :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable.
4050
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004051 :term:`KERNEL_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004052 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
4053 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
4054 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
4055 how this variable is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004056 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004057 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
4058
4059 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
4060 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
4061 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to
4062 the ``KERNEL_PATH`` variable. Both variables are common variables
4063 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
4064
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004065 :term:`KERNEL_SRC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004066 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
4067 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
4068 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
4069 how this variable is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004070 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004071 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
4072
4073 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
4074 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
4075 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical
4076 to the ``KERNEL_SRC`` variable. Both variables are common variables
4077 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
4078
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004079 :term:`KERNEL_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004080 Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h``
4081 or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting
4082 this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been
4083 configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in
4084 contexts prior to configuration will not work.
4085
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004086 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004087 Specifies whether the data referenced through
4088 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. The
4089 ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` does not control whether or not that data
4090 exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to
4091 use the data, set the ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` variable in your
4092 ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not
4093 needed avoids a potential dependency loop.
4094
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004095 :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004096 Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use
4097 this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration
4098 fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc``
4099 to describe SMP being enabled:
4100 ::
4101
4102 define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP"
4103
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004104 :term:`KMACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004105 The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used
4106 by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the
4107 OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the
4108 OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common``
4109 goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel
4110 understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these,
4111 the ``KMACHINE`` variable maps the kernel machine name to the
4112 OpenEmbedded build system machine name.
4113
4114 These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux
4115 Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the
4116 ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file:
4117 ::
4118
4119 LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0"
4120 COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}"
4121 SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974"
4122 SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711"
4123 KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32"
4124 KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base"
4125 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}"
4126
4127 The ``KMACHINE`` statement says
4128 that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32".
4129 However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as
4130 "core2-32-intel-common".
4131
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004132 :term:`KTYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004133 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4134 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004135 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004136 section in the
4137 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4138 kernel types.
4139
4140 You define the ``KTYPE`` variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004141 :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004142 value you use must match the value used for the
4143 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the
4144 kernel recipe.
4145
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004146 :term:`LABELS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004147 Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration.
4148
4149 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
4150 information on how this variable is used.
4151
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004152 :term:`LAYERDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004153 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends.
4154 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency
4155 by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example:
4156 ::
4157
4158 LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4159
4160 In this previous example,
4161 version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against
4162 :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``.
4163
4164 An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version
4165 numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in
4166 the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of
4167 the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``).
4168
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004169 :term:`LAYERDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004170 When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable
4171 provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not
4172 available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded
4173 immediately when parsing of the file completes.
4174
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004175 :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004176 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this
4177 layer.
4178
4179 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a
4180 recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name.
4181 Here is an example:
4182 ::
4183
4184 LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4185
4186 In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared
4187 against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``.
4188
4189 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4190 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4191 ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``).
4192
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004193 :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004194 Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which
4195 a layer is compatible. Using the ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` variable
4196 allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the
4197 layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the
4198 system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new
4199 releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained).
4200
4201 To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use
4202 this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file.
4203 For the list, use the Yocto Project
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004204 :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g.
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004205 &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004206 layer, use a space-separated list:
4207 ::
4208
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004209 LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004210
4211 .. note::
4212
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004213 Setting ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` is required by the Yocto Project
4214 Compatible version 2 standard.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004215 The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable
4216 is not set for any given layer.
4217
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004218 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating your own layer`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004219 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4220
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004221 :term:`LAYERVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004222 Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You
4223 can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for
4224 another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer.
4225 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4226 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4227 ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``).
4228
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004229 :term:`LD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004230 The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker.
4231
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004232 :term:`LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004233 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported
4234 to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software
4235 being built during the compilation step.
4236
4237 Default initialization for ``LDFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
4238 being built:
4239
4240 - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4241 target
4242
4243 - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4244 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
4245
4246 - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for
4247 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
4248
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004249 :term:`LEAD_SONAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004250 Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``)
4251 that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its
4252 naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries.
4253
4254 This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class.
4255
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004256 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004257 Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code.
4258
4259 This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code
4260 files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build
4261 failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any
4262 license change.
4263
4264 This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless
4265 :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED").
4266
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004267 For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:tracking license changes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004268 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4269
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004270 :term:`LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004271 The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules:
4272
4273 - Do not use spaces within individual license names.
4274
4275 - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice
4276 between licenses.
4277
4278 - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when multiple licenses
4279 exist that cover different parts of the source.
4280
4281 - You can use spaces between license names.
4282
4283 - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in
4284 ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the
4285 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in
4286 ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``.
4287
4288 Here are some examples:
4289 ::
4290
4291 LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3"
4292 LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1"
4293 LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
4294
4295 The first example is from the
4296 recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either
4297 the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from
4298 Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code.
4299 The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single
4300 license.
4301
4302 You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle
4303 situations where components of the output have different licenses.
4304 For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2
4305 but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free
4306 Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:
4307 ::
4308
4309 LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2"
4310 LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2"
4311 LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2"
4312
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004313 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004314 Setting ``LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded
4315 build system to create an extra package (i.e.
4316 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add
4317 those packages to the
4318 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``_${PN}``.
4319
4320 The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in
4321 ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base
4322 name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and
4323 copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files
4324 from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in
4325 the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata
4326 and copies of files marked in
4327 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing
4328 license text).
4329
4330 For related information on providing license text, see the
4331 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the
4332 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004333 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004334 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4335
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004336 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004337 Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through
4338 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in
4339 order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags,
4340 separate them with spaces.
4341
4342 This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is
4343 typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses
4344 in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information,
4345 see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004346 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004347 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4348
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004349 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004350 Lists license flags that when specified in
4351 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not
4352 prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise
4353 known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004354 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004355 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4356
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004357 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004358 Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the
4359 OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the
4360 directory that holds common license text used during the build. The
4361 ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other
4362 areas that have additional licenses:
4363 ::
4364
4365 LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses"
4366
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004367 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004368 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4369 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004370 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004371 section in the
4372 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4373 kernel types.
4374
4375 If you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to
4376 "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the
4377 ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable defines the search arguments used by
4378 the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the
4379 kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources
4380 and configuration.
4381
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004382 :term:`LINUX_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004383 The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image
4384 being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define
4385 this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the
4386 ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in
4387 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows:
4388 ::
4389
4390 LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24"
4391
4392 The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV`
4393 for the recipe:
4394 ::
4395
4396 PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}"
4397
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004398 :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004399 A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux
4400 kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this
4401 variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel
4402 recipes all define the variable as follows:
4403 ::
4404
4405 LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}"
4406
4407 Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel
4408 configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through
4409 the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension
4410 assuming it was set as previously shown:
4411 ::
4412
4413 $ uname -r
4414 3.7.0-rc8-custom
4415
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004416 :term:`LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004417 Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes
4418 overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``.
4419
4420 For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the
4421 :term:`T` variable.
4422
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004423 :term:`MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004424 Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define
4425 ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the
4426 :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to
4427 "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated
4428 using QEMU:
4429 ::
4430
4431 MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4432
4433 The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same
4434 name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus,
4435 when ``MACHINE`` is set to "qemux86" there exists the corresponding
4436 ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file, which can be found in
4437 the :term:`Source Directory` in
4438 ``meta/conf/machine``.
4439
4440 The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped
4441 include the following:
4442 ::
4443
4444 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm"
4445 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64"
4446 MACHINE ?= "qemumips"
4447 MACHINE ?= "qemumips64"
4448 MACHINE ?= "qemuppc"
4449 MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4450 MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64"
4451 MACHINE ?= "genericx86"
4452 MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64"
4453 MACHINE ?= "beaglebone"
4454 MACHINE ?= "edgerouter"
4455
4456 The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware
4457 boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer.
4458
4459 .. note::
4460
4461 Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004462 configuration adds new possible settings for ``MACHINE``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004463
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004464 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004465 Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This
4466 variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or
4467 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit
4468 the ``MACHINE_ARCH`` variable.
4469
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004470 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004471 A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of
4472 the image being built. The build process depends on these packages
4473 being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential"
4474 variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot.
4475 The impact of this variable affects images based on
4476 ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4477 image.
4478
4479 This variable is similar to the
4480 ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable with the exception
4481 that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's
4482 list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file
4483 in this list is not found.
4484
4485 As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building
4486 requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the
4487 hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's
4488 ``.conf`` configuration file:
4489 ::
4490
4491 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init"
4492
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004493 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004494 A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of
4495 the image being built. The build process does not depend on these
4496 packages being present. However, because this is a
4497 "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for
4498 the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based
4499 on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4500 image.
4501
4502 This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS``
4503 variable with the exception that the image being built does not have
4504 a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other
4505 words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not
4506 found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel
4507 modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the
4508 kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be
4509 produced.
4510
4511 Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific
4512 touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However,
4513 the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on
4514 the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you
4515 want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the
4516 kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a
4517 "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will
4518 not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the
4519 package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would
4520 use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file:
4521 ::
4522
4523 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
4524
4525 .. note::
4526
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004527 In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to
4528 explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake
4529 does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to
4530 satisfy the dependency.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004531
4532 Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen,
4533 keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine).
4534
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004535 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004536 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4537 being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However,
4538 the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the
4539 packages being present.
4540
4541 This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4542 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4543 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4544
4545 The variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable
4546 with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency
4547 on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will
4548 not build if a file in this list is not found.
4549
4550 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4551 for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4552 more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package
4553 containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to
4554 exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon
4555 finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the
4556 firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the
4557 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:
4558 ::
4559
4560 MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware"
4561
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004562 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004563 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4564 being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image
4565 being built has no build dependency on this list of packages.
4566
4567 This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4568 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4569 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4570
4571 This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` variable
4572 with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
4573 dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the
4574 image will build if a file in this list is not found.
4575
4576 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4577 For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4578 more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the
4579 package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the
4580 WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want
4581 the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package
4582 not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the
4583 module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the
4584 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:
4585 ::
4586
4587 MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi"
4588
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004589 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004590 Specifies the list of hardware features the
4591 :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related
4592 information on enabling features, see the
4593 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`,
4594 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and
4595 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables.
4596
4597 For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004598 shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004599
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004600 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004601 Features to be added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` if not also present in
4602 ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
4603
4604 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
4605 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
4606 the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004607 all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`"
4608 section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004609
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004610 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004611 Features from ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
4612 backfilled (i.e. added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES``) during the build. See
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004613 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004614
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004615 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004616 A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current
4617 machine. By default, this list includes the value of
4618 :term:`MACHINE`.
4619
4620 You can extend ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that
4621 should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU
4622 (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named
4623 ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following
4624 override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``:
4625 ::
4626
4627 MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:"
4628
4629 This
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004630 override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004631 in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf``
4632 recipe:
4633 ::
4634
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004635 SRC_URI_append_qemuall = " file://wired.config \
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004636 file://wired-setup \
4637 "
4638
4639 The underlying mechanism behind
4640 ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` is simply that it is included in the default
4641 value of :term:`OVERRIDES`.
4642
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004643 :term:`MAINTAINER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004644 The email address of the distribution maintainer.
4645
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004646 :term:`MIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004647 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
4648 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
4649 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
4650 build system tries locations defined by
4651 :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then
4652 locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that order.
4653
4654 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
4655 the default value for ``MIRRORS`` is defined in the
4656 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
4657
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004658 :term:`MLPREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004659 Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a
4660 special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The
4661 variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or
4662 removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable).
4663 ``MLPREFIX`` gets set when a prefix has been added to ``PN``.
4664
4665 .. note::
4666
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004667 The "ML" in ``MLPREFIX`` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is
4668 historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix
4669 rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned
4670 into a prefix, it made sense to set ``MLPREFIX`` for it as well.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004671
4672 To help understand when ``MLPREFIX`` might be needed, consider when
4673 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a
4674 ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version.
4675 If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other
4676 recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on
4677 "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on
4678 "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not
4679 get rewritten automatically:
4680 ::
4681
4682 do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo"
4683
4684 If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the
4685 following:
4686 ::
4687
4688 do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo"
4689
4690 module_autoload
4691 This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``
4692 variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload``
4693 with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example:
4694 ::
4695
4696 module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm"
4697
4698 should now be replaced with:
4699 ::
4700
4701 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm"
4702
4703 See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information.
4704
4705 module_conf
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004706 Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004707 syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf``
4708 file.
4709
4710 You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the
4711 kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine
4712 configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file
4713 for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you
4714 must also be sure to list the module name in the
4715 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
4716 variable.
4717
4718 Here is the general syntax:
4719 ::
4720
4721 module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax"
4722
4723 You must use the kernel module name override.
4724
4725 Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on
4726 the exact syntax you want to provide with ``module_conf``.
4727
4728 Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to
4729 populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with
4730 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options
4731 ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``:
4732 ::
4733
4734 module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2"
4735
4736 For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on
4737 boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable.
4738
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004739 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004740 Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to
4741 "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the
4742 kernel modules resulting from a kernel build.
4743
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004744 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004745 The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
4746 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
4747 ::
4748
4749 MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
4750
4751 The value
4752 of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the
4753 same file, has the following value:
4754 ::
4755
4756 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
4757
4758 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information.
4759
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004760 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004761 The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
4762 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
4763 ::
4764
4765 MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
4766
4767 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
4768 which is set in the same file, has the following value:
4769 ::
4770
4771 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
4772
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004773 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004774 Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages
4775 are being built. This variable allows output for different types of
4776 target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same
4777 output directory.
4778
4779 The default value of this variable is:
4780 ::
4781
4782 ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS}
4783
4784 Some classes (e.g.
4785 :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the
4786 ``MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`` value.
4787
4788 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the
4789 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information.
4790
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004791 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004792 A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the
4793 host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the
4794 ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For
4795 example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is
4796 "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the
4797 value resolves to "Unknown".
4798
4799 This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state
4800 packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with
4801 ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is
4802 checked against
4803 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that
4804 variable is set.
4805
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004806 :term:`NM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004807 The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``.
4808
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004809 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004810 Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a
4811 recipe. Packages exist, such as the linux-firmware package, with many
4812 licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added
4813 occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files,
4814 which are only applicable to a specific package.
4815 ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` is used to allow copying a license that does
4816 not exist in common licenses.
4817
4818 The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a
4819 recipe:
4820 ::
4821
4822 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source"
4823
4824 The following is an example that
4825 uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched
4826 source:
4827 ::
4828
4829 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt"
4830
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004831 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004832 Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages.
4833 Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the
4834 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the
4835 ``NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable to "1" turns this feature on: ::
4836
4837 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1"
4838
4839 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
4840 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
4841 override: ::
4842
4843 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1"
4844
4845 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
4846 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
4847 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
4848 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
4849 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
4850
4851 .. note::
4852
4853 Some recommended packages might be required for certain system
4854 functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004855 packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004856
4857 Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
4858 packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
4859
4860 See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and
4861 the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for
4862 related information.
4863
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004864 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004865 Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe
4866 requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the
4867 ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the
4868 content of the debug package. For example:
4869 ::
4870
4871 NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1"
4872 FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*"
4873 FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/"
4874 FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch"
4875
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004876 :term:`OBJCOPY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004877 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``.
4878
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004879 :term:`OBJDUMP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004880 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``.
4881
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004882 :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004883 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
4884 this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed"
4885 command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts
4886 that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class
4887 results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the
4888 ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will
4889 use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout.
4890
4891 See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the
4892 :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class
4893 applies these additional sed command arguments. For general
4894 information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the
4895 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
4896
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004897 :term:`OE_IMPORTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004898 An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what
4899 Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system.
4900
4901 .. note::
4902
4903 Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only.
4904
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004905 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004906 The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of
4907 setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default
4908 value is "oe-init-build-env".
4909
4910 If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the
4911 ``OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`` variable to its name.
4912
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004913 :term:`OE_TERMINAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004914 Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive
4915 terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake
4916 command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004917 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using a development shell`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004918 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4919
4920 You can use the following values for the ``OE_TERMINAL`` variable:
4921
4922 - auto
4923 - gnome
4924 - xfce
4925 - rxvt
4926 - screen
4927 - konsole
4928 - none
4929
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004930 :term:`OEROOT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004931 The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script
4932 is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004933 setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004934 script, the ``OEROOT`` variable resolves to the directory that
4935 contains the script.
4936
4937 For additional information on how this variable is used, see the
4938 initialization script.
4939
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004940 :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004941 Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced
4942 binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the
4943 Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``).
4944
4945 The default for this variable comes from the
4946 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this
4947 default by setting the variable in a custom distribution
4948 configuration file.
4949
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004950 :term:`OVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004951 A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides
4952 are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively
4953 overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in
4954 ``OVERRIDES`` represents the "state" during building, which includes
4955 the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being
4956 built, and so forth.
4957
4958 As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in
4959 the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following
4960 assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the
4961 end of parsing:
4962 ::
4963
4964 FOO_an-override = "overridden"
4965
4966 See the
4967 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
4968 section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the
4969 overrides mechanism.
4970
4971 The default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes the values of the
4972 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`,
4973 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and
4974 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another
4975 important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override
4976 allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration
4977 (``.conf``) files. Here is an example:
4978 ::
4979
4980 FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value"
4981
4982 .. note::
4983
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004984 An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for ``OVERRIDES``
4985 in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004986 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004987 Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004988
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004989 :term:`P`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004990 The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following:
4991 ::
4992
4993 ${PN}-${PV}
4994
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004995 :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004996 This variable defines additional metdata to add to packages.
4997
4998 You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages.
4999 This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as
5000 the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with
5001 the literal separator "\n".
5002
5003 The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable
5004 to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package
5005 specific by using the package name as a suffix.
5006
5007 You can find out more about applying this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005008 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005009 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5010
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005011 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005012 The architecture of the resulting package or packages.
5013
5014 By default, the value of this variable is set to
5015 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the
5016 target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the
5017 build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the
5018 SDK.
5019
5020 .. note::
5021
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005022 See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005023
5024 However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the
5025 target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the
5026 machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of
5027 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows:
5028 ::
5029
5030 PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
5031
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005032 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005033 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine.
5034 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
5035 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
5036 of priority. The default value for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
5037 noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}".
5038
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005039 :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005040 Enables easily adding packages to ``PACKAGES`` before ``${PN}`` so
5041 that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be
5042 included in the default package.
5043
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005044 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005045 This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file
5046 found in the ``conf`` folder of the
5047 :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the
5048 OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data.
5049
5050 You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the
5051 variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk
5052 package_tar"
5053
5054 .. note::
5055
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005056 While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005057 class has limited functionality due to no support for package
5058 dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that
5059 you do not use it.
5060
5061 The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the
5062 package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages
5063 will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify.
5064 For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file:
5065 ::
5066
5067 PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk"
5068
5069 The OpenEmbedded build system uses
5070 the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK.
5071
5072 For information on packaging and build performance effects as a
5073 result of the package manager in use, see the
5074 ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section.
5075
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005076 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005077 Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when
5078 creating ``*-dbg`` packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger
5079 (GDB).
5080
5081 With the ``PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`` variable, you can control
5082 where debug information, which can include or exclude source files,
5083 is stored:
5084
5085 - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next to the binary in a
5086 ``.debug`` directory on the target. For example, if a binary is
5087 installed into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol files are
5088 installed in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are placed in
5089 ``/usr/src/debug``.
5090
5091 - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are placed under
5092 ``/usr/lib/debug`` on the target, and separated by the path from
5093 where the binary is installed. For example, if a binary is
5094 installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are
5095 installed in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``. Source files are placed in
5096 ``/usr/src/debug``.
5097
5098 - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
5099 described with the exception that no source files are installed.
5100
5101 - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
5102 described with the exception that all source files are placed in a
5103 separate ``*-src`` pkg. This is the default behavior.
5104
5105 You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005106 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005107 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5108
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005109 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005110 Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are
5111 installing complementary packages.
5112
5113 You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages
5114 when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you
5115 are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install
5116 ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a
5117 particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can
5118 use the ``PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`` variable to specify regular
5119 expressions to match the packages you want to exclude.
5120
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005121 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005122 Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For
5123 example:
5124 ::
5125
5126 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
5127
5128 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
5129 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
5130 override:
5131 ::
5132
5133 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name"
5134
5135 If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some
5136 other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's
5137 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build
5138 system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system
5139 halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with
5140 an iterative development process to remove specific components from a
5141 system.
5142
5143 Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
5144 packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
5145
5146 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
5147 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for
5148 related information.
5149
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005150 :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005151 Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU.
5152 This variable is useful when you build for several different devices
5153 that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS.
5154
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005155 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005156 Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the
5157 package feed URIs during the build. When used, the
5158 ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variable is appended to the final package feed
5159 URI, which is constructed using the
5160 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and
5161 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
5162 variables.
5163
5164 .. note::
5165
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06005166 You can use the ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005167 variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do
5168 not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common
5169 case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in
5170 all available architectures for the current machine being included
5171 into remote package feeds.
5172
5173 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5174 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
5175 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
5176 ::
5177
5178 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5179 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5180 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5181 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5182
5183 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005184
5185 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005186
5187 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5188 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5189 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5190 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5191 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5192 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5193 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5194 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5195
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005196 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005197 Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The
5198 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`` variable makes up the middle portion of a
5199 package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path
5200 lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
5201 and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5202
5203 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5204 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
5205 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
5206 ::
5207
5208 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5209 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5210 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5211 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5212
5213 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005214
5215 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005216
5217 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5218 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5219 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5220 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5221 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5222 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5223 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5224 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5225
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005226 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005227 Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the
5228 OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised
5229 of ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5230 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and
5231 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5232
5233 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5234 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
5235 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
5236 ::
5237
5238 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5239 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5240 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5241 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5242
5243 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005244
5245 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005246
5247 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5248 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5249 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5250 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5251 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5252 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5253 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5254 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5255
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005256 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005257 The final list of packages passed to the package manager for
5258 installation into the image.
5259
5260 Because the package manager controls actual installation of all
5261 packages, the list of packages passed using ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` is
5262 not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This
5263 variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in
5264 general, you should use the
5265 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify
5266 packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005267 the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005268 image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image,
5269 use the ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable. For information on creating an
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005270 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005271 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5272
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005273 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005274 Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts
5275 to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to
5276 install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable
5277 is generally not user-defined.
5278
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005279 :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005280 Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the
5281 :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out
5282 to individual packages.
5283
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005284 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005285 Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and
5286 pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your
5287 post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs
5288 creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool
5289 in order to execute, you need to list the tools in
5290 ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``.
5291
5292 For information on running post-installation scripts, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005293 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005294 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5295
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005296 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005297 This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a
5298 recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in
5299 recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define
5300 feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over
5301 multiple lines for readability):
5302 ::
5303
5304 PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..."
5305 PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\
5306 --with-f1, \
5307 --without-f1, \
5308 build-deps-for-f1, \
5309 runtime-deps-for-f1, \
5310 runtime-recommends-for-f1, \
5311 packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1"
5312 PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\
5313 ... and so on and so on ...
5314
5315 The ``PACKAGECONFIG`` variable itself specifies a space-separated
5316 list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can
5317 determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six
5318 order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can
5319 omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The
5320 order is important and specifies the following:
5321
5322 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script
5323 argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
5324 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if
5325 the feature is enabled.
5326
5327 2. Extra arguments that should be added to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or
5328 ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` if the feature is disabled.
5329
5330 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`)
5331 that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5332
5333 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`)
5334 that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5335
5336 5. Additional runtime recommendations
5337 (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if
5338 the feature is enabled.
5339
5340 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) ``PACKAGECONFIG``
5341 settings for this feature.
5342
5343 Consider the following ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block taken from the
5344 ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has
5345 three arguments that determine the feature's behavior.
5346 ::
5347
5348 PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3"
5349
5350 The
5351 ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is
5352 enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure
5353 script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to ``DEPENDS``. On the
5354 other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend``
5355 file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is
5356 added to the configure script instead.
5357
5358 The basic ``PACKAGECONFIG`` structure previously described holds true
5359 regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block.
5360 When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe.
5361
5362 If you want to change an existing ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block, you can do
5363 so one of two ways:
5364
5365 - *Append file:* Create an append file named
5366 recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of
5367 ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the
5368 variable:
5369 ::
5370
5371 PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5"
5372
5373 Or, you can just append the variable:
5374 ::
5375
5376 PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4"
5377
5378 - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the
5379 block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf``
5380 or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously
5381 described, you can either completely override the variable:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005382 ::
5383
5384 PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5"
5385
5386 Or, you can just amend the variable:
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005387 ::
5388
5389 PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4"
5390
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005391 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005392 A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the
5393 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting.
5394
5395 Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and
5396 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` to
5397 pass ``PACKAGECONFIG`` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``,
5398 respectively. If you are using ``PACKAGECONFIG`` but not a class that
5399 handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use
5400 ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` appropriately.
5401
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005402 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005403 For recipes inheriting the
5404 :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting
5405 ``PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`` to "1" specifies that the
5406 normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth)
5407 should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe,
5408 which is the default behavior.
5409
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005410 :term:`PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005411 The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the
5412 following:
5413 ::
5414
5415 ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}
5416
5417 During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task
5418 goes through ``PACKAGES`` and uses the :term:`FILES`
5419 variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the
5420 package. If a file matches the ``FILES`` variable for more than one
5421 package in ``PACKAGES``, it will be assigned to the earliest
5422 (leftmost) package.
5423
5424 Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of
5425 the patterns in ``FILES_``\ pkg match any files installed by the
5426 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated,
5427 unless generation is forced through the
5428 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable.
5429
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005430 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005431 A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for
5432 optional modules that are found in other recipes.
5433 ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it
5434 only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard,
5435 runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another
5436 package is satisfied at build time through the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC``
5437 variable, but a package with the module name is never actually
5438 produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt
5439 to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency
5440 failure from the packaging system during the
5441 :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
5442
5443 Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and
5444 the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being
5445 satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
5446 (a soft runtime dependency) instead of ``RDEPENDS``.
5447
5448 For an example of how to use the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable when
5449 you are splitting packages, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005450 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005451 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5452
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005453 :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005454 Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of
5455 files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this
5456 variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to
5457 perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function
5458 should set :term:`PACKAGES`,
5459 :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and
5460 other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the
5461 desired splitting.
5462
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005463 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005464 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
5465 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify
5466 parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is
5467 usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of
5468 parallel threads ``make`` can run.
5469
5470 .. note::
5471
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005472 In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` to be effective, ``make`` must be
5473 called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure
5474 this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005475
5476 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this
5477 variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses.
5478
5479 .. note::
5480
5481 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005482 the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear
5483 the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For
5484 information on addressing race conditions, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005485 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005486 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005487
5488 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
5489 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
5490 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
5491 CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable is
5492 not set higher than "-j 20".
5493
5494 For more information on speeding up builds, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005495 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005496 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5497
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005498 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005499 Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the
5500 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify
5501 parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of
5502 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`.
5503
5504 .. note::
5505
5506 In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` to be effective, ``make`` must
5507 be called with
5508 ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy
5509 way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
5510
5511 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
5512 the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can
5513 clear the ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` variable within the recipe as a
5514 workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005515 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005516 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5517
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005518 :term:`PATCHRESOLVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005519 Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this
5520 variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user".
5521
5522 The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the
5523 OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting
5524 the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and
5525 places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the
5526 conflicts.
5527
5528 Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
5529
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005530 :term:`PATCHTOOL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005531 Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the
5532 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of
5533 three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used
5534 is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the
5535 quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being
5536 patched, it uses "patch".
5537
5538 If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in
5539 the recipe using one of the following:
5540 ::
5541
5542 PATCHTOOL = "patch"
5543 PATCHTOOL = "quilt"
5544 PATCHTOOL = "git"
5545
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005546 :term:`PE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005547 The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The
5548 variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme
5549 changes in some backwards incompatible way.
5550
5551 ``PE`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable.
5552
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005553 :term:`PF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005554 Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and
5555 revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and
5556 ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following:
5557 ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`}
5558
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005559 :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005560 When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>`
5561 class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf
5562 loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache``
5563 class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
5564 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the
5565 loaders you need are in a package other than that main package.
5566
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005567 :term:`PKG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005568 The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build
5569 system.
5570
5571 .. note::
5572
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005573 When using the ``PKG`` variable, you must use a package name override.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005574
5575 For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class
5576 renames the output package, it does so by setting
5577 ``PKG_packagename``.
5578
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005579 :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005580 The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context.
5581 ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment.
5582
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005583 :term:`PKGD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005584 Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before
5585 they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
5586 the following:
5587 ::
5588
5589 ${WORKDIR}/package
5590
5591 Do not change this default.
5592
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005593 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005594 Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated
5595 during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the
5596 :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data
5597 for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area.
5598 This directory defaults to the following, which you should not
5599 change:
5600 ::
5601
5602 ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata
5603
5604 For examples of how this data is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005605 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005606 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005607 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005608 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more
5609 information on the shared, global-state directory, see
5610 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
5611
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005612 :term:`PKGDEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005613 Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they
5614 have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
5615 the following:
5616 ::
5617
5618 ${WORKDIR}/packages-split
5619
5620 Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each
5621 package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change
5622 this default.
5623
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005624 :term:`PKGDESTWORK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005625 Points to a temporary work area where the
5626 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata.
5627 The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following:
5628 ::
5629
5630 ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata
5631
5632 Do not change this default.
5633
5634 The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the
5635 package metadata from ``PKGDESTWORK`` to
5636 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally.
5637
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005638 :term:`PKGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005639 The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, ``PKGE``
5640 is set to :term:`PE`.
5641
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005642 :term:`PKGR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005643 The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5644 ``PKGR`` is set to :term:`PR`.
5645
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005646 :term:`PKGV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005647 The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5648 ``PKGV`` is set to :term:`PV`.
5649
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005650 :term:`PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005651 This variable can have two separate functions depending on the
5652 context: a recipe name or a resulting package name.
5653
5654 ``PN`` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the
5655 OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is
5656 normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the
5657 recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PN``
5658 will be "expat".
5659
5660 The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file
5661 created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system.
5662
5663 If applicable, the ``PN`` variable also contains any special suffix
5664 or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the
5665 native machine, ``PN`` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build
5666 packages for the target and for Multilib, ``PN`` would be ``bash``
5667 and ``lib64-bash``, respectively.
5668
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005669 :term:`PNBLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005670 Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build.
5671 This variable works in conjunction with the
5672 :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited
5673 globally.
5674
5675 To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST``
5676 variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that
5677 prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built:
5678 ::
5679
5680 PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization."
5681
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005682 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005683 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5684 system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify
5685 functions separated by semicolons:
5686 ::
5687
5688 POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5689
5690 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5691 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5692 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5693 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5694
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005695 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005696 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5697 system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify
5698 functions separated by semicolons:
5699 ::
5700
5701 POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5702
5703 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5704 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5705 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5706 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5707
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005708 :term:`PR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005709 The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is
5710 "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the
5711 values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases,
5712 ``PR`` is conventionally reset to "r0".
5713
5714 .. note::
5715
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005716 The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of ``PR``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005717 to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005718 :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005719 :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005720 :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005721 mechanisms.
5722
5723 The ``PR`` variable primarily becomes significant when a package
5724 manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In
5725 this case, ``PR``, which is the default value of
5726 :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which
5727 package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the
5728 same ``PV`` (i.e. ``PKGV``). A component having many packages with
5729 the same ``PV`` usually means that the packages all install the same
5730 upstream version, but with later (``PR``) version packages including
5731 packaging fixes.
5732
5733 .. note::
5734
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005735 ``PR`` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005736 package contents or metadata.
5737
5738 Because manually managing ``PR`` can be cumbersome and error-prone,
5739 an automated solution exists. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005740 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005741 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
5742
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005743 :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005744 If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines
5745 which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the
5746 preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the
5747 name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using
5748 the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common
5749 example:
5750 ::
5751
5752 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
5753
5754 In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel".
5755 The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of
5756 the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel".
5757
5758 Following are more examples:
5759 ::
5760
5761 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86"
5762 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa"
5763
5764 For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005765 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using virtual providers`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005766 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5767
5768 .. note::
5769
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005770 If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER``, then any
5771 recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined)
5772 by ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` is prevented from building, which is usually
5773 desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually
5774 exclusive alternative providers.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005775
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005776 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005777 If multiple versions of recipes exist, this variable determines which
5778 version is given preference. You must always suffix the variable with
5779 the :term:`PN` you want to select, and you should set the
5780 :term:`PV` accordingly for precedence.
5781
5782 The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use
5783 through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any
5784 number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions
5785 that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are
5786 two examples:
5787 ::
5788
5789 PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0"
5790 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%"
5791
5792 .. note::
5793
5794 The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the
5795 string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
5796 location of the string.
5797
5798 The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which
5799 does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename.
5800 For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb``
5801 where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment:
5802 ::
5803
5804 PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}"
5805
5806 In this case, the correct way to select
5807 ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following:
5808 ::
5809
5810 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%"
5811
5812 Compare that previous example
5813 against the following incorrect example, which does not work:
5814 ::
5815
5816 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git"
5817
5818 Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by
5819 configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use
5820 :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific
5821 override. Here is an example:
5822 ::
5823
5824 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%"
5825
5826 Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the
5827 "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible.
5828 Here is an example:
5829 ::
5830
5831 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%"
5832
5833 .. note::
5834
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005835 The ``\_forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override
5836 only works because the default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes "forcevariable".
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005837
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005838 :term:`PREMIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005839 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
5840 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
5841 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
5842 build system tries locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream
5843 source, and then locations specified by
5844 :term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
5845
5846 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
5847 the default value for ``PREMIRRORS`` is defined in the
5848 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
5849
5850 Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to
5851 attempt before any others by adding something like the following to
5852 the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the
5853 :term:`Build Directory`:
5854 ::
5855
5856 PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\
5857 git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5858 ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5859 http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5860 https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
5861
5862 These changes cause the
5863 build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and
5864 direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use
5865 ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as
5866 well.
5867
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005868 :term:`PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005869 Indicates the importance of a package.
5870
5871 ``PRIORITY`` is considered to be part of the distribution policy
5872 because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for
5873 which the distribution is being produced. Thus, ``PRIORITY`` is not
5874 normally set within recipes.
5875
5876 You can set ``PRIORITY`` to "required", "standard", "extra", and
5877 "optional", which is the default.
5878
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005879 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005880 Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored
5881 by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This
5882 variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has
5883 its own private versions of a library normally provided by another
5884 recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the
5885 private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated
5886 packages that should instead depend on the package providing the
5887 standard version of the library.
5888
5889 Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their
5890 file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser:
5891 ::
5892
5893 PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \
5894 libxpcom.so \
5895 libnspr4.so \
5896 libxul.so \
5897 libmozalloc.so \
5898 libplc4.so \
5899 libplds4.so"
5900
5901 For more information, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005902 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005903 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
5904
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005905 :term:`PROVIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005906 A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By
5907 default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its
5908 ``PROVIDES`` list and therefore does not need to mention that it
5909 provides itself. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional
5910 aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying
5911 dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by
5912 ``DEPENDS``.
5913
5914 Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe
5915 file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``:
5916 ::
5917
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06005918 PROVIDES += "udev"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005919
5920 The ``PROVIDES`` statement
5921 results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev".
5922
5923 .. note::
5924
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06005925 A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended
5926 to `PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be
5927 strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005928
5929 In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the
5930 ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A
5931 virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular
5932 functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the
5933 functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``.
5934 Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the
5935 virtual target in ``DEPENDS`` to leave the choice of provider open.
5936
5937 Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form
5938 "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part
5939 of the name and has no syntactical significance.
5940
5941 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is
5942 used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target.
5943
5944 .. note::
5945
5946 A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies
5947 (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any
5948 special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For
5949 example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of
5950 the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory.
5951
5952 Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as
5953 simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file:
5954 ::
5955
5956 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev"
5957
5958
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005959 :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005960 The network based :term:`PR` service host and port.
5961
5962 The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the
5963 :term:`Source Directory` shows how the
5964 ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set:
5965 ::
5966
5967 PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
5968
5969 You must
5970 set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005971 service <dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005972 set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR service.
5973
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06005974
5975 :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS`
5976 A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored
5977 by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid
5978 problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and
5979 reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list
5980 and can include partial directory (or file) names.
5981
5982
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005983 :term:`PTEST_ENABLED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005984 Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005985 Test <dev-manual/common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest)
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005986 functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set
5987 this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests
5988 at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it
5989 from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
5990
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005991 :term:`PV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005992 The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the
5993 recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named
5994 ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PV`` will be "2.0.1".
5995 ``PV`` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is
5996 building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code
5997 repository (e.g. Git or Subversion).
5998
5999 ``PV`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable.
6000
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006001 :term:`PYTHON_ABI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006002 When used by recipes that inherit the
6003 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
6004 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`,
6005 :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or
6006 :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, denotes the
6007 Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By
6008 default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the
6009 OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you.
6010
6011 The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory
6012 names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in
6013 sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``).
6014
6015 Recipes that inherit the ``distutils`` class during cross-builds also
6016 use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the
6017 appropriate Python that the extension is targeting.
6018
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006019 :term:`PYTHON_PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006020 When used by recipes that inherit the
6021 `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
6022 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`,
6023 :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or
6024 :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, specifies the
6025 major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, ``PYTHON_PN`` would
6026 be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the
6027 OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you.
6028
6029 The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the
6030 following:
6031 ::
6032
6033 DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native"
6034
6035 In the previous example,
6036 the version of the dependency is ``PYTHON_PN``.
6037
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006038 :term:`RANLIB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006039 The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``.
6040
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006041 :term:`RCONFLICTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006042 The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages
6043 will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed.
6044
6045 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
6046 conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
6047 ::
6048
6049 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name"
6050
6051 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6052 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
6053 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6054 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6055 ``RCONFLICTS`` variable:
6056 ::
6057
6058 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6059
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006060 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6061
6062 - =
6063 - <
6064 - >
6065 - <=
6066 - >=
6067
6068 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006069 greater of the package ``foo``:
6070 ::
6071
6072 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6073
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006074 :term:`RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006075 Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other
6076 packages that must be installed in order for the package to function
6077 correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the
6078 package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be
6079 installed:
6080 ::
6081
6082 RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz"
6083
6084 The most common types of package
6085 runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore,
6086 most recipes do not need to set ``RDEPENDS``. For more information,
6087 see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006088 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006089 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
6090
6091 The practical effect of the above ``RDEPENDS`` assignment is that
6092 ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the
6093 package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006094 :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006095 Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used,
6096 which is determined by
6097 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the
6098 corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to
6099 also install the packages on which it depends.
6100
6101 To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the
6102 previous ``RDEPENDS`` assignment also causes a task dependency to be
6103 added. This dependency is from the recipe's
6104 :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with
6105 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the
6106 ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and
6107 ``baz``.
6108
6109 The names of the packages you list within ``RDEPENDS`` must be the
6110 names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although
6111 package names and recipe names usually match, the important point
6112 here is that you are providing package names within the ``RDEPENDS``
6113 variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from
6114 a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable.
6115
6116 Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
6117 you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package
6118 name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For
6119 example, suppose you are building a development package that depends
6120 on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following
6121 ``RDEPENDS`` statement:
6122 ::
6123
6124 RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl"
6125
6126 In the example,
6127 the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the
6128 ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of
6129 the variable.
6130
6131 .. note::
6132
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006133 ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006134 by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006135 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove
6136 ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator
6137 rather than the "=" operator.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006138
6139 The package names you use with ``RDEPENDS`` must appear as they would
6140 in the ``PACKAGES`` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable
6141 allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the
6142 :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename
6143 packages), but this final package name cannot be used with
6144 ``RDEPENDS``, which makes sense as ``RDEPENDS`` is meant to be
6145 independent of the package format used.
6146
6147 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6148 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
6149 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6150 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6151 ``RDEPENDS`` variable:
6152 ::
6153
6154 RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6155
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006156 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6157
6158 - =
6159 - <
6160 - >
6161 - <=
6162 - >=
6163
6164 For version, provide the version number.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006165
6166 .. note::
6167
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006168 You can use ``EXTENDPKGV`` to provide a full package version
6169 specification.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006170
6171 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
6172 greater of the package ``foo``:
6173 ::
6174
6175 RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6176
6177 For information on build-time dependencies, see the
6178 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
6179 ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
6180 ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
6181 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
6182 dependencies.
6183
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006184 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006185 When inheriting the
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06006186 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006187 class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist
6188 in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build
6189 system to build the recipe. In other words, if the
6190 ``REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that does not
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06006191 appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
6192 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
6193 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006194
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006195 :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006196 With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes
6197 whose work directories should not be removed. See the
6198 ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more
6199 details.
6200
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006201 :term:`ROOT_HOME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006202 Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as
6203 follows in the BitBake configuration file:
6204 ::
6205
6206 ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root"
6207
6208 .. note::
6209
6210 This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions
6211 prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep
6212 writeable data in one place.
6213
6214 You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or
6215 in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak"
6216 assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to
6217 define your override:
6218 ::
6219
6220 ROOT_HOME = "/root"
6221 ROOT_HOME ?= "/root"
6222
6223 These
6224 override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly
6225 used override.
6226
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006227 :term:`ROOTFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006228 Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
6229
6230 The ``ROOTFS`` variable is an optional variable used with the
6231 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
6232
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006233 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006234 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6235 system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by
6236 semicolons:
6237 ::
6238
6239 ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6240
6241 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6242 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6243 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6244 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6245 information.
6246
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006247 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006248 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6249 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
6250 separated by semicolons:
6251 ::
6252
6253 ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6254
6255 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6256 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6257 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6258 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6259 information.
6260
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006261 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006262 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6263 system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package
6264 management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed
6265 including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``.
6266 You can specify functions separated by semicolons:
6267 ::
6268
6269 ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6270
6271 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6272 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6273 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6274 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6275 information.
6276
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006277 :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006278 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
6279 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
6280 separated by semicolons:
6281 ::
6282
6283 ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6284
6285 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6286 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6287 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6288 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6289 information.
6290
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006291 :term:`RPROVIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006292 A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These
6293 aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other
6294 packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by
6295 ``RDEPENDS``).
6296
6297 .. note::
6298
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006299 A package's own name is implicitly already in its ``RPROVIDES`` list.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006300
6301 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the
6302 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
6303 example:
6304 ::
6305
6306 RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2"
6307
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006308 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006309 A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being
6310 built. The package being built does not depend on this list of
6311 packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for
6312 extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see
6313 the ``RDEPENDS`` variable.
6314
6315 The package manager will automatically install the ``RRECOMMENDS``
6316 list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can
6317 prevent listed packages from being installed by using the
6318 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`,
6319 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and
6320 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables.
6321
6322 Packages specified in ``RRECOMMENDS`` need not actually be produced.
6323 However, a recipe must exist that provides each package, either
6324 through the :term:`PACKAGES` or
6325 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the
6326 :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur
6327 during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not
6328 produced, the build continues without error.
6329
6330 Because the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
6331 you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the
6332 particular package whose usability is being extended. For example,
6333 suppose you are building a development package that is extended to
6334 support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the
6335 following:
6336 ::
6337
6338 RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name"
6339
6340 In the
6341 example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in
6342 the ``PACKAGES`` namespace before any renaming of the output package
6343 by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``.
6344
6345 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6346 specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending
6347 on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
6348 Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6349 ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable:
6350 ::
6351
6352 RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6353
6354 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6355
6356 - =
6357 - <
6358 - >
6359 - <=
6360 - >=
6361
6362 For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or
6363 greater of the package ``foo``:
6364 ::
6365
6366 RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6367
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006368 :term:`RREPLACES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006369 A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses
6370 this variable to determine which package should be installed to
6371 replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the
6372 other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of
6373 the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable.
6374
6375 As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable
6376 in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
6377 ::
6378
6379 RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced"
6380
6381 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6382 specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies
6383 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6384 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6385 ``RREPLACES`` variable:
6386 ::
6387
6388 RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6389
6390 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6391
6392 - =
6393 - <
6394 - >
6395 - <=
6396 - >=
6397
6398 For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2
6399 or greater of the package ``foo``:
6400 ::
6401
6402 RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6403
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006404 :term:`RSUGGESTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006405 A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation
6406 by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all
6407 package managers support this functionality.
6408
6409 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this
6410 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
6411 example:
6412 ::
6413
6414 RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package"
6415
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006416 :term:`S`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006417 The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where
6418 unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is
6419 ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
6420 where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe
6421 version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named
6422 anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is
6423 fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set
6424 ``S`` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where
6425 to find the unpacked source.
6426
6427 As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory`
6428 top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at
6429 ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system
6430 uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following:
6431 ::
6432
6433 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19
6434
6435 The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder.
6436
6437 This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git
6438 repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during
6439 :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different
6440 from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the
6441 source can be located:
6442 ::
6443
6444 SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git"
6445 S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
6446
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006447 :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006448 Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for
6449 during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If
6450 any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then
6451 BitBake immediately exits with an error.
6452
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006453 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006454 A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has
6455 been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID
6456 followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or
6457 as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with
6458 explicit newline characters (``\n``). If ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`` is
6459 not empty and the current value of
6460 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the
6461 list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the
6462 current host distribution has not been tested as a build host.
6463
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006464 :term:`SDK_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006465 The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly
6466 set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`.
6467
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006468 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006469 The directory set up and used by the
6470 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which
6471 the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines
6472 ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows:
6473 ::
6474
6475 SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk"
6476
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006477 :term:`SDK_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006478 The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when
6479 creating SDK output. The
6480 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines
6481 the variable as follows:
6482 ::
6483
6484 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6485
6486 .. note::
6487
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006488 The ``SDK_DIR`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6489 ``WORKDIR``. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006490
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006491 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006492 Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the
6493 extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the
6494 required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value
6495 "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK.
6496
6497 .. note::
6498
6499 If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006500 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the
6501 artifacts to be fetched as needed.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006502
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006503 :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006504 The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all
6505 the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The
6506 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
6507 follows:
6508 ::
6509
6510 packagename packagearch version
6511
6512 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
6513 defines the manifest file as follows:
6514 ::
6515
6516 SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest"
6517
6518 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6519 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6520
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006521 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006522 When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes
6523 in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data
6524 allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search
6525 results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map
6526 dependencies more effectively.
6527
6528 .. note::
6529
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006530 Enabling the ``SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006531 variable significantly increases build time because all of world
6532 needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases
6533 the size of the extensible SDK.
6534
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006535 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006536 When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible
6537 SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when
6538 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep
6539 the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable
6540 toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an
6541 IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional
6542 steps to install the toolchain.
6543
6544 The ``SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`` variable defaults to "0" if
6545 ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if
6546 ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "full".
6547
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006548 :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006549 A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT`
6550 value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The
6551 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the
6552 default value:
6553 ::
6554
6555 SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc"
6556
6557 Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK
6558 context. You can use this variable to disable those classes.
6559
6560 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6561 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006562 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006563 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6564 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6565
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006566 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006567 A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6568 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually,
6569 these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the
6570 build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic
6571 within the extensible SDK.
6572
6573 By default, ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`` is set in the
6574 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and
6575 excludes the following variables:
6576
6577 - :term:`CONF_VERSION`
6578 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
6579 - :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`
6580 - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
6581 - :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
6582 - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR`
6583 - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR`
6584 - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
6585
6586 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6587 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006588 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006589 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6590 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6591
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006592 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006593 A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6594 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By
6595 default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the
6596 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class.
6597
6598 This list overrides the variables specified using the
6599 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
6600 variable as well as any variables identified by automatic
6601 blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the
6602 value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not
6603 be valid on the system where the SDK is installed.
6604
6605 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6606 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006607 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006608 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6609 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6610
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006611 :term:`SDK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006612 The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the
6613 :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`,
6614 :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6615 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and
6616 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables:
6617 ::
6618
6619 SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
6620
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006621 :term:`SDK_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006622 Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The
6623 default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`.
6624
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006625 :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006626 The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK
6627 output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
6628 class defines the variable as follows:
6629 ::
6630
6631 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6632 SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image"
6633 SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk"
6634
6635 .. note::
6636
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006637 The ``SDK_OUTPUT`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6638 :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is
6639 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006640
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006641 :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006642 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine.
6643 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
6644 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
6645 of priority. The default value for ``SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
6646 noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}".
6647
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006648 :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006649 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6650 system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by
6651 semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6652
6653 If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you
6654 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
6655 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
6656 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
6657
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006658 :term:`SDK_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006659 The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The
6660 OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``SDK_PREFIX`` value to set the
6661 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building
6662 ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-".
6663
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006664 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006665 A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default,
6666 the following tasks are added:
6667
6668 - do_populate_lic
6669 - do_package_qa
6670 - do_populate_sysroot
6671 - do_deploy
6672
6673 Despite the default value of "" for the
6674 ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable, the above four tasks are always added
6675 to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the
6676 ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable (e.g. you are defining additional
6677 tasks that are needed in order to build
6678 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`).
6679
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006680 :term:`SDK_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006681 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
6682 system, for which the SDK will be built.
6683
6684 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
6685 on :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6686 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and
6687 :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the ``SDK_SYS``
6688 variable yourself.
6689
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006690 :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006691 The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all
6692 the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The
6693 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
6694 follows:
6695 ::
6696
6697 packagename packagearch version
6698
6699 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
6700 defines the manifest file as follows:
6701 ::
6702
6703 SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest"
6704
6705 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6706 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6707
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006708 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006709 A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the
6710 standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}"
6711 (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built).
6712
6713 The ``SDK_TARGETS`` variable is an internal variable and typically
6714 would not be changed.
6715
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006716 :term:`SDK_TITLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006717 The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default,
6718 this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or
6719 :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the
6720 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
6721 follows:
6722 ::
6723
6724 SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK"
6725
6726 For the default distribution "poky",
6727 ``SDK_TITLE`` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)".
6728
6729 For information on how to change this default title, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006730 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006731 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6732 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6733
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006734 :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006735 An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set,
6736 the value is used as the default update server when running
6737 ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK.
6738
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006739 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006740 Specifies the name of the SDK vendor.
6741
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006742 :term:`SDK_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006743 Specifies the version of the SDK. The distribution configuration file
6744 (e.g. ``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) defines the
6745 ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows:
6746 ::
6747
6748 SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${DATE}','snapshot')}"
6749
6750 For additional information, see the
6751 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and
6752 :term:`DATE` variables.
6753
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006754 :term:`SDKEXTPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006755 The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By
6756 default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO`
6757 variable and is set in the
6758 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
6759 follows:
6760 ::
6761
6762 SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk"
6763
6764 For the
6765 default distribution "poky", the ``SDKEXTPATH`` is set to "poky_sdk".
6766
6767 For information on how to change this default directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006768 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006769 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6770 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6771
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006772 :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006773 Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to
6774 the SDK generated from an image using the following command:
6775 ::
6776
6777 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
6778
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006779 :term:`SDKMACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006780 The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is
6781 built such that it runs on the target you specify with the
6782 ``SDKMACHINE`` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf``
6783 file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``.
6784
6785 You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable.
6786 The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in
6787 the Build Directory.
6788 ::
6789
6790 SDKMACHINE ?= "i686"
6791
6792 .. note::
6793
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006794 You cannot set the ``SDKMACHINE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006795 variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the
6796 configuration will not take affect.
6797
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006798 :term:`SDKPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006799 Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that
6800 is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as
6801 the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's
6802 installation script. You can override the offered path when you run
6803 the script.
6804
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006805 :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006806 The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK
6807 as it will be when installed into the default
6808 :term:`SDKPATH`.
6809
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006810 :term:`SECTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006811 The section in which packages should be categorized. Package
6812 management utilities can make use of this variable.
6813
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006814 :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006815 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
6816 building for the target. The flags are passed through the default
6817 value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable.
6818
6819 The ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable takes the value of
6820 ``FULL_OPTIMIZATION`` unless ``DEBUG_BUILD`` = "1". If that is the
6821 case, the value of ``DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`` is used.
6822
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006823 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006824 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6825 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6826 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
6827 separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device:
6828 ::
6829
6830 SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0"
6831
6832 .. note::
6833
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006834 The ``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` variable is deprecated. Please use the
6835 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006836
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006837 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006838 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6839 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6840 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
6841 separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:
6842 ::
6843
6844 SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1"
6845
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006846 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006847 Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in
6848 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against
6849 ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable
6850 allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was
6851 listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in
6852 ``/proc/console``, you would do the following: ::
6853
6854 SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0"
6855
6856 This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not
6857 with systemd).
6858
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006859 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006860 A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine
6861 signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from
6862 another recipe. For example: ::
6863
6864 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2"
6865
6866 In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``.
6867
6868 You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the
6869 dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand
6870 side. Here is an example: ::
6871
6872 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native"
6873
6874 In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore
6875 task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining
6876 their task signatures.
6877
6878 Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that
6879 affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes.
6880
6881 .. note::
6882
6883 If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship,
6884 the software might break during runtime if the interface of the
6885 second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built.
6886
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006887 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006888 A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change.
6889 The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the
6890 tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to
6891 remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task
6892 signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes.
6893
6894 .. note::
6895
6896 If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software
6897 might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed
6898 after the other had been built.
6899
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006900 :term:`SITEINFO_BITS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006901 Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value
6902 should be either "32" or "64".
6903
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006904 :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006905 Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value
6906 should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian.
6907
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006908 :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006909 Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM
6910 package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing
6911 prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``.
6912
6913 To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your
6914 ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your:
6915 :term:`Build Directory`.
6916 ::
6917
6918 SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1"
6919
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006920 :term:`SOC_FAMILY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006921 Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On
6922 Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that
6923 you include in the configuration files of all the machines.
6924
6925 .. note::
6926
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006927 You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this
6928 variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006929
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006930 :term:`SOLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006931 Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform.
6932 By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is
6933 defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6934
6935 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6936 ``FILES_${PN}``.
6937
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006938 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006939 Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for
6940 shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is
6941 ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the
6942 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6943
6944 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6945 ``FILES_${PN}-dev``.
6946
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006947 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006948 When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e.
6949 creating a source mirror), setting ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` to "1" in
6950 your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all
6951 recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is
6952 compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered
6953 incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or
6954 both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
6955 variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables
6956 specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current
6957 machine or host.
6958
6959 .. note::
6960
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006961 Do not set the ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006962 variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words,
6963 do not set the variable during a normal build.
6964
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006965 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006966 Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to
6967 first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream
6968 specified in :term:`SRC_URI`.
6969
6970 To use this variable, you must globally inherit the
6971 :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide
6972 the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax:
6973 ::
6974
6975 INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
6976 SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror"
6977
6978 .. note::
6979
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006980 You can specify only a single URL in ``SOURCE_MIRROR_URL``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006981
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006982 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006983 Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in
6984 ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default ``SPDXLICENSEMAP``
6985 mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file.
6986
6987 For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE`
6988 variable.
6989
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006990 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006991 A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded
6992 build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list
6993 specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such
6994 as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable.
6995
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006996 :term:`SPL_BINARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006997 The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices
6998 use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development
6999 board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL
7000 binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the
7001 U-Boot recipe.
7002
7003 The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc``
7004 file as follows:
7005 ::
7006
7007 # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that
7008 # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the
7009 # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables
7010 # to allow packaging the SPL.
7011 SPL_BINARY ?= ""
7012 SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}"
7013 SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}"
7014 SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}"
7015
7016 The ``SPL_BINARY`` variable helps form
7017 various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system.
7018
7019 See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007020 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007021 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide
7022 for additional information.
7023
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007024 :term:`SRC_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007025 The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the
7026 OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how
7027 to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs
7028 to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses
7029 a single ``SRC_URI`` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or
7030 append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include
7031 a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances
7032 of the variable.
7033
7034 The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI
7035 protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher
7036 submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL
7037 parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007038 the ":ref:`Fetchers <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>`" section in the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007039 BitBake User Manual.
7040
7041 - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped
7042 with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007043 :ref:`patch <overview-manual/concepts:patching>` files).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007044 The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH`
7045 variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the
7046 following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of
7047 the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file
7048 (``.bbappend``) resides:
7049
7050 - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix
7051 or version numbers.
7052
7053 - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and
7054 version but without any special package name suffix.
7055
7056 - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files``
7057 and is also alongside the recipe or append file.
7058
7059 .. note::
7060
7061 If you want the build system to pick up files specified through
7062 a
7063 SRC_URI
7064 statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend
7065 the
7066 FILESPATH
7067 variable by also using the
7068 FILESEXTRAPATHS
7069 variable from within your append file.
7070
7071 - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control
7072 repository.
7073
7074 - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control
7075 repository.
7076
7077 - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service)
7078 revision control repository.
7079
7080 - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository.
7081
7082 - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository.
7083
7084 - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``.
7085
7086 - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``.
7087
7088 - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``.
7089
7090 - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control
7091 repository.
7092
7093 - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision
7094 control repository.
7095
7096 - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision
7097 control repository.
7098
7099 - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell.
7100
7101 - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision
7102 control repository.
7103
7104 - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry.
7105
7106 Standard and recipe-specific options for ``SRC_URI`` exist. Here are
7107 standard options:
7108
7109 - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default
7110 action is to apply the patch.
7111
7112 - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the
7113 patch. The default level is 1.
7114
7115 - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should
7116 be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``.
7117
7118 Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision
7119 control system:
7120
7121 - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if
7122 :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than
7123 ``mindate``.
7124
7125 - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCDATE`` is not later
7126 than ``maxdate``.
7127
7128 - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to or
7129 greater than ``minrev``.
7130
7131 - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not later
7132 than ``maxrev``.
7133
7134 - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to
7135 ``rev``.
7136
7137 - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not equal to
7138 ``rev``.
7139
7140 Here are some additional options worth mentioning:
7141
7142 - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is
7143 an archive. The default action is to unpack the file.
7144
7145 - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
7146 the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when
7147 the Git fetcher is used.
7148
7149 - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the
7150 specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the local (``file://``)
7151 fetcher is used.
7152
7153 - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
7154 the specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the CVS fetcher is
7155 used.
7156
7157 - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the
7158 tree when using the Git fetcher is used.
7159
7160 - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007161 ``SRC_URI`` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one
7162 file or git repository specified in ``SRC_URI``. For example:
7163 ::
7164
7165 SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \
7166 git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \
7167 http://example.com/file.tar.gz;name=third"
7168
7169 SRCREV_first = "f1d2d2f924e986ac86fdf7b36c94bcdf32beec15"
7170 SRCREV_second = "e242ed3bffccdf271b7fbaf34ed72d089537b42f"
7171 SRC_URI[third.sha256sum] = "13550350a8681c84c861aac2e5b440161c2b33a3e4f302ac680ca5b686de48de"
7172
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007173
7174 - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing
7175 the downloaded file.
7176
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007177 :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007178 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects
7179 whether ``SRC_URI`` contains files that are machine-specific. If so,
7180 the build system automatically changes ``PACKAGE_ARCH``. Setting this
7181 variable to "0" disables this behavior.
7182
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007183 :term:`SRCDATE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007184 The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable
7185 applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager
7186 (SCM).
7187
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007188 :term:`SRCPV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007189 Returns the version string of the current package. This string is
7190 used to help define the value of :term:`PV`.
7191
7192 The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
7193 configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as
7194 follows:
7195 ::
7196
7197 SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}"
7198
7199 Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the
7200 ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``)
7201 located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory
7202 defines ``PV`` as follows:
7203 ::
7204
7205 PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}"
7206
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007207 :term:`SRCREV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007208 The revision of the source code used to build the package. This
7209 variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note
7210 that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid
7211 performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses
7212 your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision
7213 identifier and not just a tag.
7214
7215 .. note::
7216
7217 For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007218 of software using ``SRCREV``, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable
7219 description and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007220 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007221 section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007222
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007223 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007224 The directory for the shared state cache.
7225
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007226 :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007227 If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in
7228 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when
7229 fetching from the network is disabled by setting ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` to
7230 "1". Using the ``SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`` variable is useful if
7231 you have set ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` to point to an internal server for
7232 your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching
7233 from the network.
7234
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007235 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007236 Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror
7237 locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the
7238 data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS`
7239 and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache
7240 locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects.
7241
7242 You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP
7243 or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state
7244 cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache
7245 you point to can also be from builds on other machines.
7246
7247 When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses
7248 a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure
7249 ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` with a regular expression that maps local search
7250 paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account
7251 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the
7252 :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the
7253 following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the
7254 server-provided path server_url_sstate_path:
7255 ::
7256
7257 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n"
7258
7259 If a mirror uses the same structure as
7260 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the
7261 end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the
7262 correct path within the directory structure.
7263 ::
7264
7265 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\
7266 file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
7267 file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH"
7268
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007269 :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007270 Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for
7271 hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated
7272 list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters
7273 allowed.
7274
7275 During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state
7276 (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots.
7277 That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation
7278 locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled
7279 by the ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` variable. Typically, recipes add files
7280 they want to be scanned to the value of ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` rather
7281 than the variable being comprehensively set. The
7282 :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list
7283 of files.
7284
7285 For details on the process, see the
7286 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class.
7287
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007288 :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007289 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7290 directory for the build host.
7291
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007292 :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007293 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7294 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7295 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7296
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007297 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007298 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7299 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7300 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7301
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007302 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007303 Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration
7304 scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other
7305 software that wants to make use of libraries or include files
7306 provided by the software associated with the script.
7307
7308 .. note::
7309
7310 This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007311 ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the
7312 library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use
7313 ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007314
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007315 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007316 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7317 directory for the build host.
7318
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007319 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007320 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7321 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7322 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7323
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007324 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007325 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7326 directory for the build host.
7327
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007328 :term:`STAGING_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007329 Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used
7330 during packaging.
7331
7332 For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs,
7333 see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007334 task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007335 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007336 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007337 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the
7338 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable.
7339
7340 .. note::
7341
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007342 Recipes should never write files directly under the ``STAGING_DIR``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007343 directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the
7344 directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007345 ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007346 task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of
7347 those files into the sysroot.
7348
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007349 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007350 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which
7351 the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component).
7352 For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's
7353 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies
7354 files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the
7355 ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses
7356 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on
7357 the type of recipe and the build target, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` can
7358 have the following values:
7359
7360 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7361 "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}".
7362
7363 - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty
7364 given the assumption that when building for the build host, the
7365 build host's own directories should be used.
7366
7367 .. note::
7368
7369 ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such
7370 as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into
7371 ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE``. When compiling ``-native`` recipes,
7372 standard build environment variables such as
7373 :term:`CPPFLAGS` and
7374 :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths
7375 and ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`` are searched for libraries and
7376 headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option.
7377
7378 Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables
7379 should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as
7380 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`,
7381 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and
7382 :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system
7383 root correspond to ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` makes conceptual sense
7384 for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and
7385 libraries.
7386
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007387 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007388 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building
7389 components that run on the build host itself.
7390
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007391 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007392 Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the
7393 component generates code. For components that do not generate code,
7394 which is the majority, ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` is set to match
7395 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
7396
7397 Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but
7398 those binaries in turn generate code for another different system
7399 (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the
7400 primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or
7401 different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries
7402 run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET"
7403 system. The ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` variable points to the sysroot used
7404 for the "HOST" system, while ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` points to the
7405 sysroot used for the "TARGET" system.
7406
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007407 :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007408 Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7409 directory for the build host.
7410
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007411 :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007412 Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7413 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7414 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7415
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007416 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007417 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7418 sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being
7419 built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7420
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007421 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007422 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7423 sysroot directory for the build host.
7424
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007425 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007426 Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts.
7427 Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts
7428 (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with
7429 the ``STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`` variable to find these artifacts
7430 after the kernel has been built.
7431
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007432 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007433 The directory with kernel headers that are required to build
7434 out-of-tree modules.
7435
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007436 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007437 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7438 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7439 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7440
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007441 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007442 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7443 directory for the build host.
7444
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007445 :term:`STAMP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007446 Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path
7447 to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and
7448 then appending additional information. Currently, the default
7449 assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
7450 file is:
7451 ::
7452
7453 STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}"
7454
7455 For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a
7456 task should be rerun, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007457 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007458 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
7459
7460 See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`,
7461 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`,
7462 :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`,
7463 :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable
7464 information.
7465
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007466 :term:`STAMPS_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007467 Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system
7468 places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``.
7469
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007470 :term:`STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007471 The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to
7472 strip symbols.
7473
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007474 :term:`SUMMARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007475 The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for
7476 packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default,
7477 ``SUMMARY`` is used to define the
7478 :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if ``DESCRIPTION`` is
7479 not set in the recipe.
7480
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007481 :term:`SVNDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007482 The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are
7483 stored.
7484
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007485 :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007486 Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a
7487 console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as
7488 follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:
7489 ::
7490
7491 SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX"
7492
7493 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets
7494 this variable to null but then checks for a value later.
7495
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007496 :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007497 Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set
7498 this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options,
7499 separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``).
7500
7501 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable
7502 to create a set of options.
7503
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007504 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007505 Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off
7506 serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The
7507 variable's default value is set in the
7508 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:
7509 ::
7510
7511 SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200"
7512
7513 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7514
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007515 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007516 Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The
7517 variable's default value is set in the
7518 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:
7519 ::
7520
7521 SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200"
7522
7523 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7524
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007525 :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH`
7526 An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when
7527 you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe.
7528
7529 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this
7530 variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the
7531 splash screen.
7532
7533 :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007534 Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default
7535 "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``")
7536 where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the
7537 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task.
7538
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007539 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007540 Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the
7541 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By
7542 default, the following directories are staged:
7543 ::
7544
7545 SYSROOT_DIRS = " \
7546 ${includedir} \
7547 ${libdir} \
7548 ${base_libdir} \
7549 ${nonarch_base_libdir} \
7550 ${datadir} \
7551 "
7552
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007553 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007554 Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the
7555 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You
7556 can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of
7557 directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from
7558 staging. By default, the following directories are not staged:
7559 ::
7560
7561 SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \
7562 ${mandir} \
7563 ${docdir} \
7564 ${infodir} \
7565 ${datadir}/locale \
7566 ${datadir}/applications \
7567 ${datadir}/fonts \
7568 ${datadir}/pixmaps \
7569 "
7570
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007571 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007572 Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the
7573 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for
7574 ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in
7575 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following
7576 extra directories are staged:
7577 ::
7578
7579 SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \
7580 ${bindir} \
7581 ${sbindir} \
7582 ${base_bindir} \
7583 ${base_sbindir} \
7584 ${libexecdir} \
7585 ${sysconfdir} \
7586 ${localstatedir} \
7587 "
7588
7589 .. note::
7590
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007591 Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot
7592 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories
7593 containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007594
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007595 :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007596 A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the
7597 sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional
7598 processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files.
7599
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007600 :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007601 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7602 this variable specifies whether the specified service in
7603 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start
7604 automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to
7605 automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the
7606 :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows:
7607 ::
7608
7609 SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable"
7610
7611 You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable".
7612
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007613 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007614 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7615 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the
7616 configuration file that should be used. By default, the
7617 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
7618 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows:
7619 ::
7620
7621 SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf"
7622
7623 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007624 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007625
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007626 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007627 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7628 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` variable specifies a
7629 list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot
7630 entry per file. By default, the
7631 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
7632 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows:
7633 ::
7634
7635 SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= ""
7636
7637 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007638 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007639
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007640 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007641 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7642 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the
7643 boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the
7644 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
7645 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows:
7646 ::
7647
7648 SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10"
7649
7650 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007651 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007652
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007653 :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007654 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7655 this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found
7656 in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES``
7657 variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to
7658 reside in the recipes main package:
7659 ::
7660
7661 SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}"
7662
7663 If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need
7664 to use ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` to list the package or packages in which
7665 the build system can find the systemd unit files.
7666
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007667 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007668 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7669 this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package.
7670
7671 When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name
7672 override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is
7673 an example from the connman recipe:
7674 ::
7675
7676 SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
7677
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007678 :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007679 When using
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007680 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007681 specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007682 run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007683 (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to
7684 "0".
7685
7686 The default value for ``SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`` is "1" (i.e. only
7687 run a getty on the first virtual terminal).
7688
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007689 :term:`T`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007690 This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary
7691 files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a
7692 particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:
7693 ::
7694
7695 T = "${WORKDIR}/temp"
7696
7697 The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which
7698 BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf``
7699 file sets this variable.
7700
7701 The ``T`` variable is not to be confused with the
7702 :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of
7703 the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire
7704 build.
7705
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007706 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007707 The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system
7708 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
7709 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
7710 configurable:
7711
7712 - arm
7713 - i586
7714 - x86_64
7715 - powerpc
7716 - powerpc64
7717 - mips
7718 - mipsel
7719
7720 For additional information on machine architectures, see the
7721 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable.
7722
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007723 :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007724 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
7725 system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from
7726 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake
7727 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):
7728 ::
7729
7730 TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}"
7731
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007732 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007733 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
7734 system. ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` is initialized from
7735 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default.
7736
7737 .. note::
7738
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007739 It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to
7740 ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` in recipes that build software for the target that
7741 would not otherwise respect the exported ``LDFLAGS`` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007742
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007743 :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007744 This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application
7745 Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for
7746 cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not
7747 compatible with the kernel compilation. The ``TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH``
7748 variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a
7749 different configuration. See the
7750 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the
7751 :term:`Source Directory` for an example.
7752
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007753 :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007754 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
7755 target. When building in the target context,
7756 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
7757 default.
7758
7759 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the ``CFLAGS``
7760 variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` value so that
7761 executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied.
7762
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007763 :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007764 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
7765 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building
7766 in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the
7767 value of this variable by default.
7768
7769 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7770 ``CPPFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CPPFLAGS``
7771 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7772 applied.
7773
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007774 :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007775 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
7776 target. When building in the target context,
7777 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7778 by default.
7779
7780 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7781 ``CXXFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CXXFLAGS``
7782 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7783 applied.
7784
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007785 :term:`TARGET_FPU`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007786 Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets,
7787 which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If
7788 not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance
7789 penalty.
7790
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007791 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007792 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
7793 ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from
7794 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake
7795 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):
7796 ::
7797
7798 TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}"
7799
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007800 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007801 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the
7802 target. When building in the target context,
7803 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7804 by default.
7805
7806 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7807 :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the
7808 ``TARGET_LDFLAGS`` value so that executables built using the SDK also
7809 have the flags applied.
7810
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007811 :term:`TARGET_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007812 Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to
7813 "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl"
7814 for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, "linux-gnueabi" and
7815 "linux-musleabi" possible values exist.
7816
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007817 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007818 Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools.
7819
7820 Depending on the type of recipe and the build target,
7821 ``TARGET_PREFIX`` is set as follows:
7822
7823 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7824 "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-".
7825
7826 - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the
7827 value of ``BUILD_PREFIX``.
7828
7829 - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the
7830 variable to the value of ``SDK_PREFIX``.
7831
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007832 :term:`TARGET_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007833 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
7834 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
7835 current recipe.
7836
7837 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
7838 on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`,
7839 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and
7840 :term:`TARGET_OS` variables.
7841
7842 .. note::
7843
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007844 You do not need to set the ``TARGET_SYS`` variable yourself.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007845
7846 Consider these two examples:
7847
7848 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the
7849 value is "i686-linux".
7850
7851 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target
7852 running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
7853
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007854 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007855 Specifies the name of the target vendor.
7856
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007857 :term:`TCLIBC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007858 Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during
7859 the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no
7860 longer supported.
7861
7862 You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal"
7863
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007864 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007865 Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the
7866 :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the
7867 ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple
7868 variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this
7869 mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept
7870 separate to avoid potential conflicts.
7871
7872 In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of
7873 ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky,
7874 which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set
7875 ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting
7876 in no suffix being applied.
7877
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007878 :term:`TCMODE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007879 Specifies the toolchain selector. ``TCMODE`` controls the
7880 characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the
7881 OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default,
7882 the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The
7883 variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal
7884 toolchain.
7885
7886 .. note::
7887
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007888 If ``TCMODE`` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007889 responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the
7890 default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these
7891 components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for
7892 the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which
7893 the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007894 to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007895 page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE
7896 INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release.
7897
7898 The ``TCMODE`` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`,
7899 which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``)
7900 used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``.
7901
7902 With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external
7903 toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for
7904 this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics
7905 ``meta-sourcery`` layer at
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007906 https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007907
7908 The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the
7909 Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must
7910 be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of
7911 the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable
7912 in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed
7913 the toolchain.
7914
7915 The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external
7916 toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding
7917 support for other external toolchains.
7918
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007919 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007920 The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when
7921 the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set
7922 to "1".
7923
7924 The ``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable defaults to
7925 ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``.
7926
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007927 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007928 Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you
7929 do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a
7930 manner that you to run them outside of the build system.
7931
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007932 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007933 Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The
7934 ``TEST_LOG_DIR`` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``.
7935
7936 .. note::
7937
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007938 Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``),
7939 which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007940
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007941 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007942 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7943 control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this
7944 command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action
7945 (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified
7946 command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or
7947 "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then
7948 power on) the device, respectively.
7949
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007950 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007951 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7952 pass through to the command specified in
7953 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7954 ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
7955 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7956 non-machine-specific parts of the arguments.
7957
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007958 :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007959 The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated
7960 runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout
7961 period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500
7962 seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf``
7963 file.
7964
7965 For more information on testing images, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007966 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007967 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7968
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007969 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007970 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7971 connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This
7972 command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward
7973 that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal
7974 program does.
7975
7976 For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device
7977 ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:
7978 ::
7979
7980 TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200"
7981
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007982 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007983 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7984 pass through to the command specified in
7985 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7986 ``TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
7987 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7988 non-machine-specific parts of the command.
7989
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007990 :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007991 The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address
7992 is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this
7993 variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e.
7994 where the build is taking place).
7995
7996 .. note::
7997
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007998 The ``TEST_SERVER_IP`` variable is only used for a small number of
7999 tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages
8000 from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008001
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008002 :term:`TEST_SUITES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008003 An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when
8004 performing automated runtime testing.
8005
8006 The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can
8007 be used against images.
8008
8009 .. note::
8010
8011 Currently, there is only support for running these tests under
8012 QEMU.
8013
8014 Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add
8015 your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as
8016 follows:
8017 ::
8018
8019 TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
8020
8021 Alternatively, you can
8022 provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against
8023 the image.
8024 ::
8025
8026 TEST_SUITES_append = " auto"
8027
8028 Using this option causes the
8029 build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the
8030 image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped.
8031
8032 The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on
8033 another test must appear later in the list than the test on which
8034 they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two
8035 tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on
8036 ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows:
8037 ::
8038
8039 TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B"
8040
8041 For more information on testing images, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008042 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008043 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
8044
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008045 :term:`TEST_TARGET`
8046 Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a
8047 test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":
8048 ::
8049
8050 TEST_TARGET = "qemu"
8051
8052 A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets
8053 deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend
8054 the controllers by adding a module in the layer's
8055 ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the
8056 ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used
8057 as a value of ``TEST_TARGET``.
8058
8059 You can provide the following arguments with ``TEST_TARGET``:
8060
8061 - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008062 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008063 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
8064 information.
8065
8066 - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is
8067 already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it
8068 can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set
8069 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use
8070 "simpleremote".
8071
8072 .. note::
8073
8074 This argument is defined in
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008075 ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``.
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008076
8077 For information on running tests on hardware, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008078 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on hardware`"
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008079 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
8080
8081 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP`
8082 The IP address of your hardware under test. The ``TEST_TARGET_IP``
8083 variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is
8084 set to "qemu".
8085
8086 When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is
8087 an example:
8088 ::
8089
8090 TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201"
8091
8092 Specifying a port is
8093 useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when
8094 your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not
8095 directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address
8096 translation.
8097
8098 :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008099 Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an
8100 image is successfully built. Setting ``TESTIMAGE_AUTO`` to "1" causes
8101 any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU.
8102 Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for
8103 which testing is requested is automatically built first.
8104
8105 These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest``
8106 module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system
8107 over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf``
8108 file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the
8109 OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an
8110 image successfully builds:
8111
8112 TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1"
8113
8114 For more information
8115 on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008116 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008117 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
8118 ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section.
8119
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008120 :term:`THISDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008121 The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is
8122 located. Do not manually set this variable.
8123
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008124 :term:`TIME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008125 The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute,
8126 and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine
8127 seconds past 1400 hours).
8128
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008129 :term:`TMPDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008130 This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system
8131 uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the
8132 shared state cache). By default, the ``TMPDIR`` variable points to
8133 ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`.
8134
8135 If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the
8136 default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the
8137 ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`:
8138 ::
8139
8140 #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp"
8141
8142 An example use for this scenario is to set ``TMPDIR`` to a local disk,
8143 which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS.
8144
8145 The filesystem used by ``TMPDIR`` must have standard filesystem
8146 semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and
8147 persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some
8148 implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement.
8149 Consequently, ``TMPDIR`` cannot be on NFS.
8150
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008151 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008152 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
8153 building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The
8154 packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set
8155 that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each
8156 package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example,
8157 consider the following command when building an SDK:
8158 ::
8159
8160 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
8161
8162 In this case, a default list of packages is
8163 set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the
8164 list. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008165 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008166 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
8167 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
8168
8169 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
8170 Yocto Project development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008171 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008172 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
8173 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008174 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008175
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008176 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008177 This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The
8178 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets
8179 the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows:
8180 ::
8181
8182 TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}"
8183
8184 See
8185 the :term:`SDK_NAME` and
8186 :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional
8187 information.
8188
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008189 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008190 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
8191 it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the
8192 target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this
8193 variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs
8194 on the target. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008195 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008196 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
8197 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
8198
8199 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
8200 Yocto Project development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008201 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008202 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
8203 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008204 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008205
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008206 :term:`TOPDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008207 The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake
8208 automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008209 environment using :ref:`structure-core-script`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008210
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008211 :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008212 A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This
8213 variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where
8214 underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In
8215 this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in
8216 ``TARGET_ARCH``.
8217
8218 Do not edit this variable.
8219
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008220 :term:`TUNE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008221 The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e.
8222 ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses
8223 this value to setup configuration.
8224
8225 ``TUNE_ARCH`` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The
8226 definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically
8227 adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at
8228 the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the
8229 ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the
8230 :term:`Source Directory` provides information for
8231 ``TUNE_ARCH`` specific to the ``mips`` architecture.
8232
8233 ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to
8234 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target
8235 machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file
8236 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows:
8237 ::
8238
8239 TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}"
8240
8241 The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures
8242 are configurable, shows supported machine architectures:
8243
8244 - arm
8245 - i586
8246 - x86_64
8247 - powerpc
8248 - powerpc64
8249 - mips
8250 - mipsel
8251
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008252 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008253 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
8254 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8255 ``TUNE_ASARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8256 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8257 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8258 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
8259 for the x86 architecture as follows:
8260 ::
8261
8262 TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}"
8263
8264 .. note::
8265
8266 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8267 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8268 supply its own set of flags).
8269
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008270 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008271 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
8272 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8273 ``TUNE_CCARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8274 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8275 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
8276
8277 .. note::
8278
8279 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8280 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8281 supply its own set of flags).
8282
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008283 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`
8284 Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific
8285 processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow
8286 arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on
8287 the features.
8288
8289 The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they
8290 are not conflicting and that they are supported.
8291
8292 The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines
8293 ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows:
8294 ::
8295
8296 TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}"
8297
8298 See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information.
8299
8300 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008301 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
8302 The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8303 ``TUNE_LDARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8304 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8305 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8306 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
8307 for the x86 architecture as follows:
8308 ::
8309
8310 TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}"
8311
8312 .. note::
8313
8314 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8315 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8316 supply its own set of flags).
8317
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008318 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008319 The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define
8320 the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific
8321 tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows:
8322 ::
8323
8324 TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune"
8325
8326 These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine
8327 include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in
8328 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file:
8329 ::
8330
8331 TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32"
8332
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008333 :term:`TUNEABI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008334 An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular
8335 tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt
8336 libraries can use the ``TUNEABI``,
8337 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and
8338 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check
8339 compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries.
8340
8341 If ``TUNEABI`` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the
8342 :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is
8343 used.
8344
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008345 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008346 If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the
8347 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable.
8348 Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the
8349 ``TUNEABI_OVERRIDE``, ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, and
8350 :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a
8351 tuning against their selection of libraries.
8352
8353 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
8354 variable is used.
8355
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008356 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008357 A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If
8358 ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST`` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers
8359 that use prebuilt libraries can use the ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``,
8360 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and ``TUNEABI``
8361 variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection
8362 of libraries.
8363
8364 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
8365 variable is used.
8366
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008367 :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008368 Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features
8369 that conflict with feature.
8370
8371 Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in
8372 the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from
8373 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file
8374 that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32"
8375 feature:
8376 ::
8377
8378 TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64"
8379
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008380 :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008381 Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning
8382 feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features
8383 are specified in the machine include files (e.g.
8384 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example
8385 from that file:
8386 ::
8387
8388 TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode."
8389
8390 See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory`
8391 for these features.
8392
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008393 :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008394 Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can
8395 also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual
8396 cases.
8397
8398 Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. ::
8399
8400 UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd"
8401 UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard"
8402 UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config"
8403 UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs"
8404 UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config"
8405
8406 In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the
8407 ``UBOOT_MACHINE``. The "sd" configuration defines
8408 "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for ``UBOOT_MACHINE``, while the
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008409 "sdcard" specifies the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` to use for the U-Boot image.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008410
8411 For more information on how the ``UBOOT_CONFIG`` is handled, see the
8412 :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>`
8413 class.
8414
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008415 :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008416 Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008417 image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
8418 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify
8419 the load address to be used in
8420 creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8421
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008422 :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008423 Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot. During FIT
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008424 image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
8425 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in
8426 creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8427
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008428 :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008429 Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8430 creation, the ``UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is passed as a
8431 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8432
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008433 :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008434 Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8435 creation, the ``UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`` variable is passed as a
8436 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8437
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008438 :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008439 Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot
8440 image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built
8441 was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be
8442 "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:
8443 ::
8444
8445 UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto"
8446
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008447 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008448 Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building
8449 a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform
8450 configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine
8451 configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``).
8452
8453 Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type"
8454 section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable.
8455
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008456 :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008457 Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target
8458 is "all".
8459
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008460 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`
8461 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8462 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to assemble
8463 the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper
8464 script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage".
8465
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008466 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008467 Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D'
8468 feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class.
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008469 If ``UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`` is not set then kernel-fitimage will not
8470 pass the ``-D`` option to mkimage.
8471
8472 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN`
8473 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8474 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to sign
8475 the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used
8476 to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if
8477 desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}".
8478
8479 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS`
8480 Optionally specifies additional arguments for the
8481 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to pass to the
8482 mkimage command when signing the FIT image.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008483
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008484 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`
Andrew Geissler4873add2020-11-02 18:44:49 -06008485 Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image.
8486 During FIT image creation, the
8487 ``UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is used
8488 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8489 entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8490 the FIT image.
8491
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008492 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`
8493 Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image.
8494 During FIT image creation, the
8495 ``UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used
8496 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8497 load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8498 the FIT image.
8499
8500 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008501 Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0".
8502
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008503 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008504 Location of the directory containing the RSA key and
8505 certificate used for signing FIT image.
8506
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008507 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008508 The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008509 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt
8510 certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have
8511 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev".
8512
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008513 :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008514 Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb``
8515 has a ``.sb`` extension.
8516
8517 The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin``
8518
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008519 :term:`UBOOT_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008520 Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed
8521 directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do
8522 not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process
8523 passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building
8524 process.
8525
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008526 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008527 Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script
8528 as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the
8529 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid
8530 configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g.
8531 should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
8532 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`).
8533 However, common options, for example, exist that are passed to all
8534 configure scripts at a class level that might not be valid for some
8535 configure scripts. It follows that no benefit exists in seeing a
8536 warning about these options. For these cases, the options are added
8537 to ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST``.
8538
8539 The configure arguments check that uses
8540 ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`` is part of the
8541 :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the
8542 recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class.
8543
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008544 :term:`UPDATERCPN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008545 For recipes inheriting the
8546 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, ``UPDATERCPN``
8547 specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled.
8548
8549 The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that
8550 install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe,
8551 you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes.
8552
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008553 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008554 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8555 source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
8556 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the
8557 OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by
8558 picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags.
8559
8560 You can use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`` variable to provide a
8561 regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the
8562 default filter not work correctly.
8563 ::
8564
8565 UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex"
8566
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008567 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008568 Use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`` variable to specify a different
8569 regular expression instead of the default one when the package
8570 checking system is parsing the page found using
8571 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`.
8572 ::
8573
8574 UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex"
8575
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008576 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008577 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8578 source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
8579 the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is
8580 determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and
8581 attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work,
8582 you can use ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`` to provide a different URI that
8583 contains the link to the latest tarball.
8584 ::
8585
8586 UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url"
8587
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008588 :term:`USE_DEVFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008589 Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The
8590 default value used for ``USE_DEVFS`` is "1" when no value is
8591 specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_DEVFS`` to "0" for a
8592 statically populated ``/dev`` directory.
8593
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008594 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:selecting a device manager`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008595 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to
8596 use this variable.
8597
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008598 :term:`USE_VT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008599 When using
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008600 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008601 determines whether or not to run a
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008602 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008603 virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those
8604 terminals.
8605
8606 The default value used for ``USE_VT`` is "1" when no default value is
8607 specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_VT`` to "0" in the
8608 machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical
8609 display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal
8610 functionality.
8611
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008612 :term:`USER_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008613 A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the
8614 OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g.
8615 ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth).
8616
8617 The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file:
8618 ::
8619
8620 USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
8621
8622 For more information, see
8623 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
8624
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008625 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008626 If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce
8627 an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group
8628 identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files
8629 listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8630 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to
8631 ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead.
8632
8633 The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply
8634 ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the
8635 ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan
8636 on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should
8637 set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf``
8638 file as follows:
8639 ::
8640
8641 USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error"
8642
8643 Overriding the
8644 default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set
8645 static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the
8646 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`,
8647 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and
8648 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8649
8650 .. note::
8651
8652 There is a difference in behavior between setting
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008653 ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``.
8654 When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for
8655 every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set
8656 to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually
8657 built.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008658 This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you
8659 know will never be built.
8660
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008661 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008662 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group
8663 identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8664 adds a group to the system during package installation.
8665
8666 When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the
8667 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8668 ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
8669 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:
8670 ::
8671
8672
8673 USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group"
8674
8675 .. note::
8676
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008677 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8678 causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008679
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008680 :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008681 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8682 this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe
8683 that require users and/or groups to be added.
8684
8685 You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For
8686 example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in
8687 a recipe:
8688 ::
8689
8690 USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}"
8691
8692 .. note::
8693
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008694 It follows that if you are going to use the ``USERADD_PACKAGES``
8695 variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`,
8696 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008697
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008698 :term:`USERADD_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008699 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8700 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to
8701 the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the
8702 package is installed.
8703
8704 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:
8705 ::
8706
8707 USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \
8708 --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \
8709 --user-group messagebus"
8710
8711 For information on the
8712 standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008713 https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008714
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008715 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008716 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user
8717 identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8718 adds a user to the system during package installation.
8719
8720 When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the
8721 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8722 ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
8723 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:
8724 ::
8725
8726 USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd"
8727
8728 .. note::
8729
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008730 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8731 causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008732
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008733 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008734 When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system
8735 to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and
8736 ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`.
8737
8738 To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification
8739 (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf``
8740 file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids"
8741
8742 .. note::
8743
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008744 Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008745 values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008746 :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008747
8748 If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also
8749 specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the
8750 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8751 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8752 Additionally, you should also set the
8753 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable.
8754
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008755 :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008756 Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory,
8757 which is used to house postinstall target log files.
8758
8759 By default, ``VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`` is set to "yes", which means the
8760 file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the
8761 variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent.
8762
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008763 :term:`WARN_QA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008764 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
8765 warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
8766 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
8767 can control with this variable, see the
8768 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
8769
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008770 :term:`WKS_FILE`
8771 Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the
8772 OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image
8773 (image\ ``.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned
8774 image, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008775 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008776 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008777 the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter.
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008778
8779 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008780 When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists
8781 build-time dependencies. The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is only
8782 applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when
8783 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related
8784 to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has
8785 no effect.
8786
8787 The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is similar to the
8788 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in
8789 your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the
8790 ``WIC_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable are added to the ``DEPENDS`` variable.
8791
8792 With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to
8793 specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools,
8794 bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images.
8795 Following is an example:
8796 ::
8797
8798 WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool"
8799
8800 In the
8801 previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual
8802 native tool on which the build would depend.
8803
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008804 :term:`WORKDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008805 The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build
8806 system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the
8807 :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to
8808 the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built.
8809
8810 The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows:
8811 ::
8812
8813 ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
8814
8815 The actual directory depends on several things:
8816
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008817 - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory
8818 - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier
8819 - :term:`PN`: The recipe name
8820 - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which
8821 is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank)
8822 - :term:`PV`: The recipe version
8823 - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008824
8825 As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name
8826 ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a
8827 ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose
8828 your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work
8829 directory the build system uses to build the package would be as
8830 follows:
8831 ::
8832
8833 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
8834
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008835 :term:`XSERVER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008836 Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X
8837 server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image
8838 directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps
8839 indirectly, includes "x11-base" in
8840 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
8841
8842 The default value of ``XSERVER``, if not specified in the machine
8843 configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev".
8844